AGBZ5 LPREIAReport

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL
LIMITED
EIA Study for Development of LNG

Terminal at Hazira, District Surat,
Gujarat
DECEMBER 2019
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment for Development
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+91-265-6131000
ACCREDITATION DETAILS
NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0042, Issued on 28-03-2017, Valid up to 26-05-2019
Description of images on the front page:

1. Hazira Reserve Forest 2.EBTL
3. Marine Monitoring 4.Surface Water Sampling
DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAJIRA,
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED
EIA Study for Development of LNG Terminal at Hazira,

District Surat, Gujarat
© Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), December, 2019
This report is released for the use of the Essar Bulk Terminal Limited, Regulators and relevant stakeholders solely
as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided, unless attributed to
referenced third parties, is copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written consent of
Kadam.
QUALITY CONTROL
Name of
EIA study for Development of LNG Terminal at Hazira, District Surat, Gujarat
Publication
Project Number 1625113307 Issue No. 1 Revision No. 8 Released December, 2019
DISCLAIMER
Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam also
believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss
absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or
application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the
individual situation.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | DECEMBER 2019 2

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS REPORT

“I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed this Report”.
EIA Sector Number as Name of Sector as Ports, Harbours, Jetties, Marine Terminals, Break Waters and
33
per NABET per NABET Dredging
EIA COORDINATOR
Name Dr. Tanaji Jagtap
Signature & Date
Period of involvement June, 2017 to till date

Address:871/B/3, Near Himalaya Mobile No:
Contact Information Machinery, GIDC, Makarpura, Vadodara -
390010 Landline No.: 0265 6131000
FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS
S. Functional Name of Involvement

Signature & Date
No. Areas the Expert Period Task
Air Pollution Supervision of air quality
Prevention, monitoring, site visit, identification
Monitoring & Sangram September,2017
1 of impacts, finalization of
Control Kadam – May, 2018
mitigation measures and
(AP) contribution to EIA documentation
Site visit and data collection,
sampling and monitoring of
Water surface water, review of analysis
Pollution report, preparation of water
Prevention, balance based on process and
Control & Kundan September,2017 other utilities area, suggesting the
2
Prediction of Ajudia – May, 2018 wastewater treatment facility with
Impacts water conservation measures,
identification of impacts and
(WP) suggested mitigation measures,
EMP and contribution to the EIA
documentation
Solid waste Identification of waste generated
and from the site, studying adequacy
Hazardous September,2017 of mitigation measures for
3 Anand Kunte
Waste – May, 2018 management of hazardous waste
Management and contribution to the EIA
(SHW) documentation
Secondary data collection,
evaluation of Socio–Economic
status of the study area,
Socio-
Anil September,2017 assessment of the possible change
4 Economics
Vishwakarma – April, 2018 to socio-economic issues arising
(SE)
out of the proposed project
activity, contribution to the EIA
documentation
Ecology and Site visit and conduct of ecological

Dr. Sourav September,2017 survey, assessment of the impacts
5 Biodiversity
Kundu – April, 2018 of proposed project activities on
(EB)
the biological environment,

S. Functional Name of Involvement

Signature & Date
No. Areas the Expert Period Task
contribution to the EIA
documentation
Understanding and representing
groundwater conditions,
Hydrogeology,
supervision of groundwater
ground water
Nilkanth September,2017 sampling locations, finalization of
6 and Water
Kavalanekar – April, 2018 survey findings, identification of
Conservation
impacts, suggestion of mitigation
(HG)
measures and contribution to EIA
documentation
Geology and geomorphologic
Geology Nilkanth September,2017 analysis based on secondary data,
7
(GEO) Kavalanekar – April, 2018 analysis of data collected,
contribution to EIA documentation
Site Visit, Sampling, Identification
of impact and mitigation measures,
Soil reviewing soil analysis data, soil
Dr. B. K. September,2017
8 Conservation erosion management, impacting
Patel – April, 2018
(SC) activities and mitigation measures
and environmental management
plan chapters
Meteorology,
Air Quality Site visit, Air Dispersion Modelling,
Modelling & Sangram September,2017 Identification of impacts and
9
Prediction Kadam – April, 2018 suggesting mitigation measures
with EMP
(AQ)
Checking of noise sampling results,

analysis of data, identification of
Noise and Parag September,2017
10 impacts and mitigation measures
Vibration (NV) Khujnere – April, 2018
and contribution to EIA
documentation
Supervision in development of land
use maps of study area using
Google image / related tools, site
visit for ground truth survey,
Sheetal September,2017
11 Land Use (LU) finalization of land use maps,
Kadam – June, 2018
identification of impacts,
suggestion of mitigation measures
and contribution to EIA
documentation
Site Visit, Identification of impacts
Risk and mitigation measures,
Assessment & identification of modelling
Jayesh September,2017
12 Hazard scenario, consequence modelling
Makwana – April, 2018
Management using PHAST, preparation of DMP,
(RH) contribution to RA/DMP &EIA
documentation

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization / Authorised Person:
I, Sangram Kadam, hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared the EIA Report for Essar Bulk
Terminal Limited and Development of LNG Terminal at Hazira, Surat, Gujarat. I also confirm that Kadam
Environmental Consultants shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature :
Name : Sangram Kadam
Designation : Director
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : Kadam Environmental Consultants
NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date : NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0042, Issued on 28-03-2017,
Valid up to 26-05-2019, extended till 15th October 2019, vide NABET’s
Letter No. QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/19/0961 dated April 15, 2019 &
NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0138, Issued on 05-08-2019, valid till 25-05-2022

DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA,
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................ 25
1.1 Purpose of the report ........................................................................................................................ 25
1.2 Identification of project proponent and project .................................................................................... 25
1.2.1 About project proponent .............................................................................................................. 25
1.2.2 About the project ........................................................................................................................ 25
1.3 Brief description of the project ........................................................................................................... 26
1.3.1 Nature of project ......................................................................................................................... 26
1.3.2 Products & its capacity ................................................................................................................. 26
1.3.3 Location...................................................................................................................................... 26
1.4 Scope of study .................................................................................................................................. 27
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................ 33
2.1 Type of project ................................................................................................................................. 33
2.2 Need for the project .......................................................................................................................... 33
2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site layout) ......... 34
2.3.1 General location of the site........................................................................................................... 34
2.3.2 Specific location of site & project boundary ................................................................................... 36
2.3.3 Approach and connectivity to facility ............................................................................................. 38
2.4 Size or magnitude of operation ........................................................................................................... 38
2.4.1 Land distribution at site ............................................................................................................... 38
2.4.2 Magnitude of site......................................................................................................................... 43
2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation ............................................................................ 43
2.6 Brief description of the project ........................................................................................................... 43
2.6.1 Development of FSU and land based LNG terminal ......................................................................... 43
2.6.2 Details of project ......................................................................................................................... 44
2.6.3 LNG storage facilities ................................................................................................................... 44
2.7 Associated utilities facilities ................................................................................................................ 48
2.7.1 Power requirement ...................................................................................................................... 48
2.7.2 Emissions details ......................................................................................................................... 48
2.7.3 Details of water and wastewater ................................................................................................... 48
2.7.4 Details of proposed sewage treatment plant at terminal area .......................................................... 52
2.7.5 Fuel gas...................................................................................................................................... 53
2.7.6 Nitrogen ..................................................................................................................................... 53

2.7.7 Instrument air & plant air ............................................................................................................. 54
2.7.8 Diesel oil ..................................................................................................................................... 54
2.7.9 Flare system ............................................................................................................................... 54
2.7.10 Solid and hazardous waste identification, quantification, collection, transportation and disposal ..... 55
2.7.11 Other effluents ........................................................................................................................ 56
2.7.12 Export possibility ..................................................................................................................... 56
2.7.13 Employment generation (DIRECT AND INDIRECT) ..................................................................... 57
2.8 Cost of the project............................................................................................................................. 57
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................... 58
3.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 58
3.2 Study area ........................................................................................................................................ 58
3.3 Baseline environmental quality ........................................................................................................... 58
3.3.1 Secondary data collection............................................................................................................. 58
3.3.2 Primary data collection ................................................................................................................. 58
3.4 Land use .......................................................................................................................................... 59
3.4.1 Classification of Land use and Land cover ...................................................................................... 59
3.4.2 General study methodology .......................................................................................................... 60
3.4.3 Secondary data collection and review ............................................................................................ 61
3.4.4 Primary data collection and review ................................................................................................ 61
3.4.5 Key findings ................................................................................................................................ 62
3.4.6 Final map preparation .................................................................................................................. 64
3.5 Meteorology & ambient air quality ...................................................................................................... 68
3.5.2 Meteorology ................................................................................................................................ 68
3.5.3 Ambient air quality ...................................................................................................................... 79
3.5.4 Parameters monitored and methods ............................................................................................. 79
3.6 Traffic survey .................................................................................................................................... 86
3.6.1 Road identification ....................................................................................................................... 86
3.6.2 Methodology ............................................................................................................................... 86
3.7 Surface water quality ......................................................................................................................... 88
3.7.2 Analysis method adopted for water quality .................................................................................... 88
3.7.3 Primary data collection and review ................................................................................................ 89
3.7.4 Selection of monitoring locations with rationale ............................................................................. 90

3.7.5 Key findings ................................................................................................................................ 91
3.7.6 Inference .................................................................................................................................... 94
3.8 Noise environment ............................................................................................................................ 94
3.8.3 Key findings ................................................................................................................................ 96
3.8.4 Site observations and inference .................................................................................................... 96
3.9 Geology & Hydrogeology.................................................................................................................... 96
3.9.2 Secondary data Collection ............................................................................................................ 98
3.9.4 Key findings .............................................................................................................................. 101
3.10 Soil Conservation ....................................................................................................................... 104
3.10.1 General study and methodology ............................................................................................. 104
3.10.2 Secondary data collection ....................................................................................................... 105
3.10.3 Primary data collection ........................................................................................................... 105
3.10.4 Key findings .......................................................................................................................... 106
3.11 Ecology & Biodiversity ................................................................................................................ 107
3.11.1 Development and biodiversity ................................................................................................. 107
3.11.2 Study period ......................................................................................................................... 107
3.11.3 Scope, aim and objectives ...................................................................................................... 107
3.11.4 Study area ............................................................................................................................ 108
3.12 Methodology ............................................................................................................................. 109
3.12.1 Terrestrial ............................................................................................................................. 109
3.12.2 Aquatic ................................................................................................................................. 110
3.12.3 Terrestrial biodiversity status .................................................................................................. 110
3.12.4 Status of threatened and endemic biodiversity ......................................................................... 119
3.13 Aquatic biodiversity status .......................................................................................................... 119
3.13.1 Fresh water phytoplanktons ................................................................................................... 120
3.13.2 Fresh water zooplanktons ....................................................................................................... 120
3.13.3 Benthos ................................................................................................................................ 120
3.14 Socio-Economics ....................................................................................................................... 121
3.14.1 General study methodology .................................................................................................... 121
3.14.2 Secondary data collection and review ...................................................................................... 122

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES...................................... 126
4.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 126
4.2 Impact assessment methodology ...................................................................................................... 126
4.2.1 Key definitions .......................................................................................................................... 126
4.2.2 Identification of impacts ............................................................................................................. 126
4.2.3 Component wise environmental impact assessment and mitigation ............................................... 127
4.3 Identification of impacting activities for the proposed project.............................................................. 134
4.4 Terrestrial Environment ................................................................................................................... 139
4.4.1 Air pollution and Air quality ........................................................................................................ 139
4.4.2 Air Quality Modelling .................................................................................................................. 145
4.4.3 Surface Water ........................................................................................................................... 156
4.4.4 Noise and Vibration ................................................................................................................... 156
4.4.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste ........................................................................................................ 164
4.4.6 Geology and Hydrogeology ........................................................................................................ 164
4.4.7 Soil Conservation ....................................................................................................................... 165
4.4.8 Ecology & Biodiversity ................................................................................................................ 165
4.4.9 Socio Economics ........................................................................................................................ 166
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site) ..................................................................... 168
5.1 Alternate site .................................................................................................................................. 168
5.2 Alternate technology........................................................................................................................ 168
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ............................................................................... 170
6.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 170
6.2 Objective of monitoring ................................................................................................................... 170
6.3 Environmental monitoring programme .............................................................................................. 170
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................................ 173
7.1 Public Consultation .......................................................................................................................... 173
7.1.1 Notice of Public Hearing ............................................................................................................. 173
7.1.2 Publicity of Public Hearing .......................................................................................................... 173
7.1.3 Panel ........................................................................................................................................ 173
7.1.4 Proceedings .............................................................................................................................. 174
7.2 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) mapping ........................................................................................... 179
7.3 Risk assessment .............................................................................................................................. 181
7.4 Disaster Management Plan ............................................................................................................... 183
8 PROJECT BENEFITS ..................................................................................................................... 184

8.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure ...................................................................................... 184
8.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure ......................................................................................... 184
8.3 Employment potential - skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled .................................................................. 184
8.4 Other tangible benefits .................................................................................................................... 184
8.4.1 Environmental sustainability of project ........................................................................................ 184
8.4.2 Contribution towards economic growth ....................................................................................... 185
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS .............................................................................. 186
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ............................................................................ 187
10.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 187
10.2 Purpose of EMP ......................................................................................................................... 187
10.3 Air quality ................................................................................................................................. 188
10.4 Water quality ............................................................................................................................ 188
10.5 Noise environment .................................................................................................................... 189
10.6 Solid & hazardous waste management ........................................................................................ 190
10.7 Land & soil ................................................................................................................................ 191
10.8 Ecology & Biodiversity ................................................................................................................ 192
10.8.1 Greenbelt for Existing Port premises ....................................................................................... 192
10.8.2 Suggested Greenbelt for proposed project ............................................................................... 194
10.8.3 Conservation Plan for Common Peafowl .................................................................................. 197
10.9 Rainwater harvesting ................................................................................................................. 199
10.10 Socio-Economic environment ...................................................................................................... 202
10.11 Environmental management cell ................................................................................................. 203
10.11.1 Hierarchical system chart ....................................................................................................... 204
10.12 Expenditure on environmental matter ......................................................................................... 204
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................... 206
11.1 Introduction & background......................................................................................................... 206
11.1.1 About the project .................................................................................................................. 206
11.2 Project details ........................................................................................................................... 206
11.2.1 Area statement ...................................................................................................................... 206
11.2.2 LNG storage facilities ............................................................................................................. 207
11.2.3 Employment generation (Direct and Indirect) .......................................................................... 210
11.2.4 Cost of the project ................................................................................................................. 210
11.3 Description of the Environment – Terrestrial & Marine .................................................................. 211
11.3.1 Study period ......................................................................................................................... 211

11.3.2 Study area ............................................................................................................................ 211
11.3.3 Land use of the study area ..................................................................................................... 211
11.3.4 Meteorology .......................................................................................................................... 211
11.3.5 Ambient air quality ................................................................................................................ 211
11.3.6 Traffic survey ........................................................................................................................ 211
11.3.7 Water environment ................................................................................................................ 212
11.3.8 Noise environment ................................................................................................................. 213
11.3.9 Soil ....................................................................................................................................... 213
11.3.10 Biological environment ........................................................................................................... 213
11.3.11 Socio-Economic ..................................................................................................................... 215
11.4 Environmental impact identification, prediction and mitigation measures ....................................... 215
11.4.1 Air Environment..................................................................................................................... 215
11.4.3 Noise environment ................................................................................................................. 216
11.4.4 Soil environment ................................................................................................................... 217
11.4.5 Solid & hazardous waste ........................................................................................................ 217
11.4.6 Biological environment ........................................................................................................... 217
11.4.7 Socio-Economic environment .................................................................................................. 218
11.5 Environmental monitoring plan ................................................................................................... 218
11.6 Additional studies ...................................................................................................................... 224
11.6.1 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) mapping .................................................................................. 224
11.6.2 Qualitative Risk Assessment ................................................................................................... 224
11.6.3 Disaster management plan ..................................................................................................... 225
11.7 Project benefits ......................................................................................................................... 225
11.8 Environmental management plan................................................................................................ 225
11.9 Summary & Conclusion – Marine Environment ............................................................................. 226
11.9.1 Baseline Environment - Marine ............................................................................................... 226
11.9.2 Bathymetry ........................................................................................................................... 226
11.9.3 Wind .................................................................................................................................... 226
11.9.4 Tide ...................................................................................................................................... 226
11.9.5 Current ................................................................................................................................. 227
11.9.6 Water, Sediment and Flora Fauna ........................................................................................... 227
11.10 Environmental impact identification, prediction and mitigation measures ....................................... 228

11.10.2 Sediment environment ........................................................................................................... 229
11.10.3 Air Environment..................................................................................................................... 229
11.10.4 Flora & fauna ........................................................................................................................ 229
11.11 Marine environmental monitoring program .................................................................................. 230
11.12 Additional studies ...................................................................................................................... 232
11.12.1 Hydrodynamic modelling ........................................................................................................ 232
11.12.2 Oil spill ................................................................................................................................. 232
11.12.3 Shoreline change ................................................................................................................... 232
11.13 Environmental management plan................................................................................................ 232
11.14 Conclusion ................................................................................................................................ 233
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS .................................................................................................. 234
12.1 Brief resume and nature of consultancy (Kadam) ......................................................................... 234
12.2 EIA team members .................................................................................................................... 234
13 COMPLIANCE OF EARLIER ENVIRONMENTAL & CRZ CLEARANCE ............................................... 236
13.1 Certified compliance report ........................................................................................................ 236

LIST OF ANNEXURES
Annexure 1: Terms of Reference ................................................................................................................... 238
Annexure 2: Allotment of Reclaimed Land by GMB to EBTL .............................................................................. 245
Annexure 3: Layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map by NIOT, Chennai (1:4000 scale) ................................. 247
Annexure 4: Details of Earlier Environmental & CRZ Clearances received .......................................................... 252
Annexure 5: Land Use Land Cover Classification ............................................................................................. 253
Annexure 6: Long-term Climatological Tables, Surat station ............................................................................. 257
Annexure 7: National Ambient Air Quality Standards Published by CPCB ........................................................... 259
Annexure 8: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results ........................................................................................ 260
Annexure 9: Secondary Ambient Air quality Data ............................................................................................ 266
Annexure 10: Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) from point source (in µg/m3) .................................. 268
Annexure 11: Incremental GLC of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) from point source (in µg/m3) ...................................... 269
Annexure 12: Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NO X) from point source (in µg/m3) .................................. 270
Annexure 13: Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) from line source & Vehicular Exhaust (in µg/m3) ...... 271
Annexure 14: Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from Vehicular Exhaust (in µg/m3) .......................... 272
Annexure 15: Incremental GLC of Hydro carbon (HC) from Vehicular Exhaust (in µg/m3) ................................... 273
Annexure 16: Incremental GLC of Carbon Monoxide (CO) from Vehicular Exhaust (in µg/m3) ............................. 274
Annexure 17: Qualitative Risk Assessment Study Report by DNV ...................................................................... 275
Annexure 18: Emergency Response Plan including Disaster Management Plan .................................................. 276
Annexure 19: Para-wise compliance to the consent conditions ......................................................................... 277
Annexure 20: Point wise reply to the complaint made by Conservation Action Trust .......................................... 280
Annexure 21: Calibration Certificate for Field Equipment.................................................................................. 285
Annexure 22: Calibration Certificate for Laboratory Equipment ......................................................................... 289
Annexure 23: Inward copy of six monthly EC Compliance report submitted to MoEF&CC, Bhopal ........................ 291
Annexure 24: Advertisement of the Public Hearing .......................................................................................... 355
Annexure 25: MOM of Public Hearing ............................................................................................................. 357
Annexure 26: NABET & NABL Certificate of Kadam Environmental Consultants .................................................. 358

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Compliance with the Terms of Reference .......................................................................................... 27
Table 2-1: Area statement of site..................................................................................................................... 38
Table 2-2: Project implementation schedule ..................................................................................................... 43
Table 2-3: Land based storage tank details ...................................................................................................... 45
Table 2-4: Floating storage unit details ............................................................................................................ 45
Table 2-5: Type of LNGCs and their dimensions ................................................................................................ 45
Table 2-6: Unloading arm details ..................................................................................................................... 45
Table 2-7: Pipeline details ............................................................................................................................... 46
Table 2-8: Road gantry details ......................................................................................................................... 46
Table 2-9: Detailed properties of chemicals ...................................................................................................... 47
Table 2-10: BOG parameters at Regasification Unit (RU) skid battery limit .......................................................... 48
Table 2-11: Temperature and pressure conditions of service and fire water ........................................................ 48
Table 2-12: Temperature and pressure conditions of domestic water ................................................................. 49
Table 2-13: Temperature and pressure conditions of water for industrial use at Terminal battery limit .................. 49
Table 2-14: Quality of water use for industrial purpose ...................................................................................... 49
Table 2-15: Water consumption and wastewater generation details ................................................................... 50
Table 2-16: Design inlet & outlet characteristics of STP ..................................................................................... 52
Table 2-17: List of STP units with capacity & adequacy ..................................................................................... 52
Table 2-18: Temperature & pressure of nitrogen .............................................................................................. 54
Table 2-19: Details of instrument air & plant air ................................................................................................ 54
Table 2-20: Temperature & pressure of diesel oil .............................................................................................. 54
Table 2-21: Hazardous waste generation, treatment & disposal details ............................................................... 55
Table 2-22: Other solid wastes ........................................................................................................................ 56
Table 3-1: Synopsis of Land use/ Land cover classification used for the project ................................................... 59
Table 3-2: GPS Readings within study area ....................................................................................................... 62
Table 3-3: Area statistics for Land Use / Land Cover categories in the study area ................................................ 63
Table 3-4: Site and its sensitivity ..................................................................................................................... 64
Table 3-5: Monitoring methodology of meteorological data ................................................................................ 70
Table 3-6: Wind regime as per IMD long-term data – Surat station .................................................................... 71
Table 3-7: Summary Table for IMD Surat Station (16th October, 2017 to 15th January, 2018) ............................... 72
Table 3-8: Meteorological Data Collection Station .............................................................................................. 74
Table 3-9: Summary micrometeorological data for Post-monsoon ...................................................................... 74
Table 3-10: Hourly average site specific meteorological data ............................................................................. 75

Table 3-11: Temperature (°C) during Study Period ........................................................................................... 77
Table 3-12: Relative Humidity (%) during Study Period ..................................................................................... 77
Table 3-13: Wind speed (KMPH) during study period......................................................................................... 78
Table 3-14: Cloud Cover (Oktas) during Study Period ........................................................................................ 78
Table 3-15: Methodology for ambient air quality monitoring .............................................................................. 80
Table 3-16: Ambient air quality monitoring locations ......................................................................................... 82
Table 3-17: Summary air quality data (Post-monsoon Season) ........................................................................... 84
Table 3-18: Existing traffic- (8:00 to 18:00 hrs) ................................................................................................ 87
Table 3-19: Existing traffic: PCU/Hour on NH 64 which is main approach road to site (Mora – Hazira stretch) ....... 87
Table 3-20: Additional vehicles movement due to proposed project traffic .......................................................... 87
Table 3-21: Total Incremental traffic due to existing and proposed project ......................................................... 88
Table 3-22: Analysis methods adopted for surface water samples ...................................................................... 88
Table 3-23: Details of surface water sampling locations ..................................................................................... 90
Table 3-24: Analysis results of surface water (Pond water) ................................................................................ 91
Table 3-25: Analysis result of surface water (Sea/Creek) sample ........................................................................ 92
Table 3-26: Methodology of sample analysis and testing ................................................................................... 94
Table 3-27: Ambient air quality standards in respect of noise for different areas/zones ........................................ 94
Table 3-28: Ambient noise quality monitoring locations ..................................................................................... 95
Table 3-29: Average ambient noise monitoring results ...................................................................................... 96
Table 3-30: Ground water analysis methodology ............................................................................................... 97
Table 3-31: Geological succession .................................................................................................................... 98
Table 3-32: Groundwater sampling locations .................................................................................................. 100
Table 3-33: Ground water sampling results .................................................................................................... 102
Table 3-34: Soil Analysis methodology ........................................................................................................... 104
Table 3-35: Soil sampling locations ................................................................................................................ 105
Table 3-36: Soil analysis results ..................................................................................................................... 106
Table 3-37: Sensitivity of study area .............................................................................................................. 108
Table 3-38: Details of water bodies in the buffer zone ..................................................................................... 109
Table 3-39: Details of forest areas in the buffer zone ...................................................................................... 109
Table 3-40: List of trees in the study area ...................................................................................................... 110
Table 3-41: List of shrubs in the study area .................................................................................................... 112
Table 3-42: List of herbs in the study area ..................................................................................................... 112
Table 3-43: List of climbers in the study area ................................................................................................. 113
Table 3-44: List of twinners in the study area ................................................................................................. 113

Table 3-45: List of grasses in the study area................................................................................................... 114
Table 3-46: Phyto-sociology of tree species in the Hazira reserve forest area .................................................... 115
Table 3-47: Birds reported from buffer zone ................................................................................................... 116
Table 3-48: List of Herpetofauna in study area ............................................................................................... 118
Table 3-49: Mammals reported from the buffer zone ....................................................................................... 118
Table 3-50: Freshwater phytoplankton quantification ...................................................................................... 120
Table 3-51: Zooplankton standing stock (no. x 103/ml) .................................................................................... 120
Table 3-52: Standing stock of Benthos ........................................................................................................... 120
Table 3-53: Approach and methodology for conducting the SE study ................................................................ 121
Table 3-54: Villages in study area with households and population ................................................................... 122
Table 3-55: Sex ratio details .......................................................................................................................... 122
Table 3-56: Schedule caste and schedule tribe population distribution in study area .......................................... 123
Table 3-57: Literacy details ........................................................................................................................... 123
Table 4-1: Overall impact scoring system due to proposed project – severity assessment .................................. 128
Table 4-2: Likelihood of occurrence ............................................................................................................... 133
Table 4-3: Environmental impact significance criteria ...................................................................................... 133
Table 4-4: Categorization of impact significance.............................................................................................. 134
Table 4-5: Environmental impact ................................................................................................................... 135
Table 4-6: Input data of line source modelling (Particulate Matter –PM) ........................................................... 141
Table 4-7: Input Data for Idle Condition of Ship in Port (Point source) .............................................................. 142
Table 4-8: Input data for line source (Vehicular Exhaust) ................................................................................ 144
Table 4-9: 24 hourly average baseline incremental and predicted GLC values – Operation Phase ........................ 153
Table 4-10: Impact Scoring of Air Environment ............................................................................................... 154
Table 4-11: Impact scoring for surface water ................................................................................................. 156
Table 4-12: Environmental impact scoring – Noise Environment ....................................................................... 158
Table 4-13: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels .......................................................................... 159
Table 4-14: Noise level at receptor locations ................................................................................................... 162
Table 4-15: Impact scoring for solid & hazardous waste management .............................................................. 164
Table 4-16: Impact scoring of soil .................................................................................................................. 165
Table 4-17: Impact scoring – Ecology & Biodiversity ....................................................................................... 165
Table 4-18: Suggested mitigation measures ................................................................................................... 165
Table 4-19: Impact scoring of Socio-Economic ................................................................................................ 167
Table 6-1: Environmental monitoring program ................................................................................................ 171
Table 7-1: Issues raised in Public Hearing ...................................................................................................... 175

Table 7-2: Environment Related Key Issues for Proposed Project and Commitments by EBTL ............................. 177
Table 7-3: Activities falls under CRZ area as per CRZ Map ............................................................................... 179
Table 7-4: Isolatable Section ......................................................................................................................... 181
Table 10-1: Environment management plan for Air ......................................................................................... 188
Table 10-2: Environment management plan for water ..................................................................................... 189
Table 10-3: Environmental management plan for noise environment ................................................................ 189
Table 10-4: Details of impacting activities, mitigation measures and environmental management plan for hazardous
waste management ...................................................................................................................................... 190
Table 10-5: Environmental monitoring plan-soil environment & pollution .......................................................... 191
Table 10-6: Plant species present in the Existing EBTL Port Facility .................................................................. 192
Table 10-7: Plant Species for proposed greenbelt ........................................................................................... 194
Table 10-8: Budget allocation for proposed greenbelt...................................................................................... 197
Table 10-9: Budget for Additional Greenbelt and Biodiversity Conservation ....................................................... 199
Table 10-10: Rainwater harvesting calculation ................................................................................................ 200
Table 10-11: Summary of rainwater harvesting ............................................................................................... 200
Table 10-12: Corporate Environment Responsibility ......................................................................................... 202
Table 10-13: Environment Management Cell ................................................................................................... 203
Table 10-14: Expenditure on environmental matters ....................................................................................... 204
Table 11-1: Area statement of site ................................................................................................................. 206
Table 11-2: Land based storage tank details ................................................................................................... 207
Table 11-3: Floating storage unit details ......................................................................................................... 207
Table 11-4: Type of LNGCs and their dimensions ............................................................................................ 207
Table 11-5: Unloading arm details ................................................................................................................. 207
Table 11-6: Pipeline details ........................................................................................................................... 207
Table 11-7: Road gantry details ..................................................................................................................... 208
Table 11-8: Water consumption and wastewater generation details ................................................................. 208
Table 11-9: Hazardous waste generation ........................................................................................................ 209
Table 11-10: Other solid wastes .................................................................................................................... 210
Table 11-11: Freshwater phytoplankton quantification ..................................................................................... 214
Table 11-12: Zooplankton standing stock (no. x 103/ml) .................................................................................. 214
Table 11-13: Standing stock of Benthos ......................................................................................................... 214
Table 11-14: Environmental Monitoring Program ............................................................................................. 219
Table 11-15: Tide condition ........................................................................................................................... 226
Table 12-1: EIA Team Member ...................................................................................................................... 235

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1: General location map of the project site .......................................................................................... 35
Figure 2-2: Specific site location on satellite image ............................................................................................ 37
Figure 2-3: Unloading and regasification facilities process flow ........................................................................... 44
Figure 2-4: Water balance diagram .................................................................................................................. 51
Figure 2-5: Process block diagram of proposed STP .......................................................................................... 53
Figure 3-1: Pie chart of level 1 classification in the study area ............................................................................ 64
Figure 3-2: Map showing Land use and Land cover map .................................................................................... 66
Figure 3-3: Sampling location map for Air, Surface Water, Ground Water, Soil, Noise & Aquatic sampling ............. 67
Figure 3-4: Surat IMD Station - Windrose Diagram – 16th Oct, 2017 to 15th January, 2018 ................................... 73
Figure 3-5: Windrose Diagram for Post-monsoon Season 2017, EBTL Hazira (16th Oct, 2017 to 15th Jan, 2018) ..... 76
Figure 3-6: Comparison of Average Temperature (°C) ....................................................................................... 77
Figure 3-7: Comparison of Average Relative Humidity (%)................................................................................. 77
Figure 3-8: Comparison of Average Wind Speed (KMPH) ................................................................................... 78
Figure 3-9: Comparison of average cloud cover (Oktas)..................................................................................... 78
Figure 3-10: Seismic map of Gujarat ............................................................................................................... 99
Figure 3-11: Surface drainage pattern in the study area .................................................................................. 100
Figure 4-1: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) from point source ..................................... 146
Figure 4-2: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) from point source ......................................... 147
Figure 4-3: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from point source ..................................... 148
Figure 4-4: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) from line source & from Vehicular Exhaust 149
Figure 4-5: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from line source & from Vehicular Exhaust . 150
Figure 4-6: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Hydro Carbon (HC) from Vehicular Exhaust ..................................... 151
Figure 4-7: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Carbon Monoxide (CO) from Vehicular Exhaust ................................ 152
Figure 4-8: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during daytime .............................................................. 160
Figure 4-9: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during night-time ........................................................... 161
Figure 10-1: Green belt layout of existing project ............................................................................................ 193
Figure 10-2: Green belt layout plan of proposed project .................................................................................. 196
Figure 10-3: Rainwater Collection Scheme ...................................................................................................... 201
Figure 11-1: Tide level .................................................................................................................................. 227

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS
Photograph 1-1: Photographs showing the Project Site ..................................................................................... 26
Photograph 3-1: Photo Documentation ............................................................................................................. 61
Photograph 3-2: Ambient air sampling ............................................................................................................. 82
Photograph 3-3: Traffic survey photographs ..................................................................................................... 87
Photograph 3-4: Photographs of surface water sampling locations ..................................................................... 90
Photograph 3-5: Ambient noise analysis photographs ........................................................................................ 95
Photograph 3-6: Groundwater sampling photographs ...................................................................................... 101
Photograph 3-7: Soil sampling photographs .................................................................................................... 106
Photograph 3-8: Photograph of floral diversity ................................................................................................ 114
Photograph 3-9: Birds observed during field visit ............................................................................................ 117
Photograph 3-10: Aquatic sampling during post-monsoon’17 site visit .............................................................. 119
Photograph 7-1: Photographs of Public Hearing .............................................................................................. 178
LIST OF MAPS
Map 2-1: Existing port layout map ................................................................................................................... 39
Map 2-2: Site layout map ................................................................................................................................ 40
Map 2-3: Storm Water Network ....................................................................................................................... 41
Map 2-4: Contour Map .................................................................................................................................... 42

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement
AERMIC
Committee
AERMOD AMS/EPA Regulatory Model
APHA American Public Health Association
ALARP As Low As Reasonably Practicable
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
BOG Boil off Gas
BSI Botanical Survey of India
CBD Convention on Biological Diversity
cbm Cubic meter per day
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CO Carbon Monoxide
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone
CST Centistoke
SCZMA State Coastal Zone Management Authority
DO Dissolved Oxygen
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EC Environmental Clearance
ETP Effluent Treatment Plant
ESP Exchangeable Sodium Percentage
ESD Emergency Shut Down Valve
EMP Environmental Monitoring Program / Management Plan
FAE Functional Area Expert
FSU Floating Storage Unit
FV Flow Control Valve
EBTL Essar Bulk Terminal Limited
GOI Government of India
GWIL Gujarat Water Infrastructure Limited
GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board
GPS Global positioning system
HTL High Tide Line
LTL Low Tide Line
IS Indian Standards
IRS Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
IMD Indian Meteorological Department
KEC Kadam Environmental Consultants
KLD Kilo Litres per Day
LOA Length Over All
LNG Liquefied Natural Gas
LU Land use
LULC Land use and Land cover
LIC Level Indicator Controller
LSIR Location Specific Individual Risk
LNGC Liquefied Natural Gas Carrier

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
MSL Mean Sea Level

MMTPA Million Metric Tonne per Annum
MMSCFD Million Standard Cubic Feet Per Day
MMSCMD Million Metric Standard Cubic Meter per Day
MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest & climate Change
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
NOx Oxides of Nitrogen
NOC No Objection Certificate
NIOT National Institute of Ocean Technology
PHAST Process Hazard Analysis Software Tools
PCU Passenger Car Unit
POL Petroleum, Oil & Lubricants
PM Particulate Matter
PPEs Personnel Protective Equipment
PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization
QRA Qualitative Risk Analysis
RU Regasification Unit
SOx Oxides of Sulphur
SPL Sound Pressure Level
SS Suspended Solids
SIGTTO Society of International Gas Tanker and Terminal Operators
STP/ETP Sewage/Effluent Treatment Plant
TIC Temperature Indicator Controller
TDS Total Dissolved Solid
WHC Water Holding Capacity
ZSI Zoological Survey of India

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED
GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED

ACCIDENT: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or major or
minor damage consequence to life and/or property.”
AMBIENT: Ambient temperature is temperature of the surrounding area.
AN INCIDENT: An incident is emergent situation of any critical deviation in the process control or otherwise that
may lead to a major accident / potential emergency and disaster.
ANEMOMETER: A device used to measure speed of wind or any other moving gas.
ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY: Atmospheric Stability is defined in terms of vertical temperature gradient in the
atmosphere. It is usually described using the system of categories developed by Pasquill. The categories of stability
class are identified by the letter A to F (or sometimes A-G)
Neutral stability occurs typically, when there is total cloud cover and is designed by category D (The temperature
gradient = adiabatic lapse rate) Unstable conditions occur when the sun is shining. The unstable conditions are
designated by the letters A-C with A is the least stable condition stable conditions occur on clear, calm nights, when
the air near the ground is stratified and free from turbulence and are designated by the letter E &F. Sometimes an
additional category G is used for exceptionally stable conditions. Neutral conditions correspond to a rate of decrease
in temperature with height of about 1°C per meters, vertically. For the dispersion study D & C stability class has
been considered.
BUND/DYKE: Raised ground or a wall built near creek water, to retain water comes inside the dry dock.
COASTAL ZONE: A spatial zone where interaction of the sea and land processes occurs.
CRZ I:
A. The areas that are ecologically sensitive and the geomorphological features which play a role in the maintaining
in the integrity of the coast.
B. The area between Low Tide Line and High Tide Line.
CRZ II: The areas that have been developed up to or close to the shoreline.
CRZ III: Areas that are relatively undisturbed and those do not belong to either CRZ-I or II which include coastal
zone in the rural areas (developed and undeveloped) and also areas within municipal limits or in other legally
designated urban areas; which are not substantially built up.
CRZ IV:
A. The water area from the Low Tide Line to twelve nautical miles on the seaward side;
B. shall include the water area of the tidal influenced water body from the mouth of the water body at the sea up
to the influence of tide which is measured as five parts per thousand during the driest season of the year.
COASTLINE: Where the land meets the sea or ocean.
CREEK: A stream or channel in a coastal marsh.
CHRONIC: Of long duration or having frequent recurrence. Chronic health effects are those that become apparent
or continue for some time after exposure to hazardous chemicals.
CONTAMINANT: A harmful, irritating or moisture material that is foreign to the normal atmosphere.
DENSITY: The mass of Unit Volume of a substance e.g. kg/m3

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED
DISASTER: A disaster is catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to, not only
extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a pretty long time and
requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.
ESTUARY: The part of the wide lower course of a river where it’s current is met by the tides.
EMERGENCY: Emergency means a situation leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which there is
danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or pollution to the work and
outside environment, affecting the workers or neighbourhood in a serious manner, demanding immediate action.
HAZARD: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident.” Hazard exists in man and the system of
materials and machines.
HAZARD LINE: The land area falling between the hazard line and 500 mts from HTL on the landward sides, in
case of seafront and between the hazard line and 100 mts line in case of tidal influenced water body the word
‘hazard line’ denotes the line demarcated by Ministry of Environment and Forests (hereinafter referred to as the
MoEF) through the Survey of India (hereinafter referred to as the SoI) taking into account tides, waves, sea level
rise and shoreline changes.
HIGH TIDE LINE: The High Tide Line means the line on the land up to which the highest water line reaches
during the spring tide The High Tide Line shall be demarcated uniformly in all parts of the country by the
demarcating authority or authorities so authorised by the Central Government.
INTERTIDAL ZONE: Land area between HTL and Low Tide Line (hereinafter referred to as the LTL) which will be
termed as the intertidal zone.
ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: On Site Emergency Plan is to be prepared by occupier of industrial Units as per
Schedule 8A under Rule 68(J) (12) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004).
RISK: Risk of an accident may be defined as “the chance or probability or likelihood of an accident being caused in
a given man-material-machine system.
SENSITIVE POPULATIONS: Groups of people that may be more susceptible than the general population to the
toxic effects of the release due to pre-existing health condition (patients in hospitals, pregnant women etc.) or age
(elderly people infants, handicaps).
SPILL: Spill is large liquid releases from a bulk storage tank/process vessel.
VULNERABILITY: It can be defined as “the zone of influence of an emergency in and around the facility
concerned.

DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, LIST OF PERSONS MET AND INSTITUTIONS
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT VISITED
LIST OF PERSONS MET AND INSTITUTIONS VISITED
Sr. No Name of Person Designation Institution

CSIR-Central Salt & Marine Research Institute,
1 Dr. S. Haldar Scientist
Bhavnagar
S. No. Villages Date Location within Village Participant Names

Mr. Dharmendrabhai Patel (Sarpanch)
Panchayat office
Mr. Bharatbhai Patel (Deputy Sarpanch)
01.03.18
Ms. Nutanben Patel (Worker)
Anganwadi
01 Hazira Ms. Meenaben Patel (Helper)
Primary School Ms. Evasharlin Harold Kalyani (Principal)
28.02.18 Dr. Miteshkumar Parekh (Principal)
Secondary School
Ms. Kalavatiben Parmar (Teacher)
Ms. Ranjanben Parmar (Sarpanch)
Panchayat Office
Mr. Bharat Parmar
02 Mora 28.02.18 Ms. Geetaben Surti (Worker)
Anganwadi
Ms. Urmilaben Ladh (Helper)
Primary School Mr. M. B. Patel (Principal)
Ms. Nayanaben Rathod (Sarpanch)
Panchayat Office
28.02.18 Mr. Babubhai Ahir (Ex- Sarpanch)
Primary Health Centre Dr. Nitika Parajapati (Ayush Doctor)
03 Sunvali Ms. Ilaben Tailor (Worker)
Anganwadi
Ms. Sumanben Tailor
28.02.18
Ms. Varshaben Patel (Head Mistress)
Primary School
Ms. Darshana Raval (Teacher)

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose of the report

The proposed project is covered under project/ activity, 7(e) i.e. Ports, Harbours, Jetties, Marine Terminals,
Breakwaters and Dredging; also under Category A as per the schedule to the EIA Notification, 14th September 2006,
as amended till date. Hence, the proposed project requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Ministry of
Environment, forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC).
As per the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) map prepared by National Institute of Ocean Technology (NIOT), the
project site is partly falling in CRZ II, hence CRZ clearance is also required for the project as per the CRZ
Notification 2011 amended till date.
As per the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) map prepared based on Approved CZMP of Surat District by Institute of
Remote Sensing, Anna University (IRS), Chennai, the project site is partly falling in CRZ III, hence CRZ clearance is
also required for the project as per the CRZ Notification 2011 amended till date.
Hence the purpose of this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is to comply with the Terms of
References (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC attached as Annexure 1 and importantly, to identify environmental impacts
in a timely manner and seek EC cum CRZ clearance for the proposed project, following the due process of law laid
down in the EIA notification 2006 (amended till date) and CRZ Notification 2011 (amended till date).
1.2 Identification of project proponent and project
1.2.1 About project proponent
Essar Bulk Terminal Limited (EBTL) is operating a captive Deep Draft Terminal at Hazira under Magdalla port of
Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB). Presently EBTL is operating 1650 meters of deep draft berth with a 7 km long
navigation channel with a turning circle of 600 m for handling bulk and break bulk cargo.
The EC for these developments was granted by the MoEF&CC in September 2007. Subsequently, in December 2007
the MoEF&CC gave EC for reclamation of 350 ha of the intertidal area to accommodate back-up facilities for the
Port by utilizing dredged material generated in dredging the navigational channel, turning circle, berth pockets etc.
Thereafter in May 2014 EBTL received environment clearance for expansion of port facility by 4800 m berth.
Accordingly, EBTL has commissioned 550 m berth in May 2010, whereas construction of 1100 m was started in
January 2016 and out of which 900 m is completed in October 2018 and rest 200 m will be completed by March
2019.
Environment and CRZ clearance was received on 6th May 2014 for expansion of EBTL port facility envisages
development of 4800 m berth length with back up storage yard. Breakup of 4800 m berth length is as follows:
Container and Break Bulk Berth (1100 m), General Cargo (700 m ), Liquid Cargo (500 m ) for handling of petroleum
products and chemicals, Bulk Berth (700 m), Offshore support vessel berth (500 m), Dry Dock and ship repair jetty
(700 m ) and Trestle berth of 600 m. Along with that, EBTL has also received the permissions for extending the
navigational channel from 6.2 to 17.6 km and deepening from 8 m to 16 m with broadening to 300-350 m and
reclamation of 334 hectares of land.
1.2.2 About the project
EBTL is planning to handle Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) within 800 m berth starting from 100 m south of
operational 1150 m berth, LNG berth length will be ~400 m. Land required for the proposed project is ~17

hectares. GMB has already provided in principle allotment of 140 ha of Land to EBTL attached in Annexure 2.
Natural gas is a naturally occurring hydrocarbon gas mixture consisting primarily of methane.
EBTL’s proposed LNG terminal will have a combination of floating and land based storage. Terminal will have
Regasification Unit (RU) to vaporize LNG into gas. LNG will be imported through LNG carrier and transferred to
Floating Storage Unit (FSU) through well-established ship to ship transfer mechanism using flexible hoses. Transfer
of LNG from FSU to the storage on land or RU will take place using fixed marine loading arms. LNG will be
regasified at RU using water or air. RU will be connected to gas grid through high pressure gas pipeline. In addition
to RU, road gantry facilities will be developed for transport of LNG in road tankers to end customers.
Steel Plant is presently operating a 10 MMTPA steel plant at Hazira. Out of this total capacity, 6.8 MMTPA of iron
making capacity is gas based which uses natural gas for reduction of iron ore to iron. Apart from Steel Plant, 1015
MW gas based power plant at Hazira which requires gas. Total gas requirement of steel plant and power plant is 11
MMSCMD.
1.3 Brief description of the project
1.3.1 Nature of project
The proposed project will consist of storage tanks on land and floating storage unit of LNG within the existing EBTL
boundary.
1.3.2 Products & its capacity
EBTL has envisaged to develop a 6 MMTPA LNG import terminal. LNG will be stored in a LNG carrier which will be
moored at jetty, this LNG carrier moored to jetty is referred as FSU. Apart from FSU there will be land based
storage as well. RU will be connected to the FSU/land based storage facilities through cryogenic pipeline and
unloading arms. FSU storage will be up to 266,000 cubic meter while land based storage facilities of 60,000 cubic
meter comprising of double walled atmospheric tank (~54,000 cbm capacity) and double walled pressurized bullets
(6 bullets of ~1,000 cbm each). Details for the same are provided in Chapter 2.
1.3.3 Location
The proposed site is located within existing Essar Bulk Terminal Limited at Hazira, Surat District, Gujarat State.
Detailed coordinates of project site boundary are provided in Figure 2-2.
Photograph 1-1: Photographs showing the Project Site
Proposed Project Site

1.4 Scope of study
As per the ToR letter issued by the MoEF&CC, attached as Annexure 1. The scope of work for this EIA included
collection of baseline data with respect to major environmental components, viz. air, noise, water, land, biological
and socio-economic components for one season.
This EIA Report complies with the Terms of Reference. Summarized details of the same are provided in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1: Compliance with the Terms of Reference

ToR
ToR Requirement Compliance
Point
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR PORTS,
HARBOURS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT – 7 (e)
Reasons for selecting the site with details of alternate sites
examined/rejected/selected on merit with comparative statement and
reason/basis for selection. The examination should justify site
For details of alternate sites, please refer
1 suitability in terms of environmental angle, resources sustainability
Chapter 5.
associated with selected site as compared to rejected sites. The
analysis should include parameters considered along with weightage
criteria for short-listing selected site.
Details of the land use break-up for the proposed project. Details of
land use around 10 km radius of the project site. Examine and submit For Land use break up of proposed project,
detail of land use around 10 km radius of the project site and map of please refer Chapter 3, Table 3-3, page
the project area and 10 km area from boundary of the no. 63.
proposed/existing project area, delineating project areas notified
2 For Land Use map of 10 km study area, refer
under the wild life (Protection) Act, 1972/critically polluted areas as
Figure 3-2, page no. 66.
identified by the CPCB from time to time/notified eco-sensitive
areas/interstate boundaries and international boundaries. Analysis For Details of Land Use, refer Section 3.4 &
should be made based on latest satellite imagery for land use with 3.4.5 page no. 59 & 62 respectively.
raw images.
Present land use details are provided in
Chapter 3, Section 3.4 on page no. 59.
Submit the present land use and permission required for any
Regarding land acquisition status, GMB letter
conversion such as forest, agriculture etc. land acquisition status,
3 is provided in Annexure 2. Rehabilitation is
rehabilitation of communities/ villages and present status of such
not required as the proposed project will be
activities.
developed within existing reclaimed land of
EBTL.
Regarding water bodies details, please refer
Chapter 3, Table 3-38 on page no. 109.
Examine and submit the water bodies including the seasonal ones Regarding impact on water bodies, please
4 within the corridor of impacts along with their status, volumetric refer Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3 on page
capacity, quality likely impacts on them due to the project. no. 156.
Also refer, Chapter 11, Section 11.4.2 on
page no. 215.
For Contour Plan, please refer Map 2-4,
page no. 42
Submit a copy of the contour plan with slopes, drainage pattern of the
5 For drainage pattern of the study area,
site and surrounding area
please refer Chapter 3, Drainage, page
no. 99, Figure 3-11
Details of terrain are provided in Chapter 3,
Section 3.9.3 on page no. 99.
Level with respect to MSL is 4.2 m with
Submit the details of terrain, level with respect to MSL, filling required,
6 respect to CD.
source of filling materials and transportation details etc.
The proposed LNG terminal will be
developed within existing reclaimed land of
EBTL. Filling is not required.
Examine road/rail connectivity to the project site and impact on the For site connectivity, please refer Chapter
existing traffic network due to the proposed project/activities. A 2, Section 2.3.3 page no. 38.
7
detailed traffic and transportation study should be made for existing For Traffic Survey details, please refer
and projected passenger and cargo traffic. Chapter 3, Section 3.6 page no. 86.

Not applicable to the proposed project as

8 Submit details regarding R&R involved in the project. proposed project development will be within
existing land of EBTL.
For Layout superimposed on HTL/LTL map
prepared by NIOT, Chennai on 1:4000 scale
and 1:25,000 scale, please refer Annexure
3 & Annexure 3 -A.
CRZ map prepared by Institute of Remote
Sensing (IRS), Anna University, Chennai in
1:25000 scale and 1:4000 scale along with
Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map superimposition of proposed LNG Terminal
9 demarcated by an authorized agency on 1:4000 scale along with the on approved CZMP maps of Surat District as
recommendation of the SCZMA. per CRZ Notification 2011, clearly
demarcated of HTL, LTL 100 mtrs buffer,
200 mtrs buffer and CRZ boundary as per
direction of MOEF&CC, GOI is provided in
Annexure 3-B & Annexure 3 -C.
GCZMA decided to recommend the proposed
project to MoEF&CC, vide Minutes of 50th
meeting of the GCZMA, dated 07.09.2020.
Please refer Chapter 6, Section 6.2 of
10 Submit the status of shore line change at the project site. Appendix 1 Marine EIA Report, page
no. 110.
For Layout plan of proposed project, please
refer Map 2-1& Map 2-2, page no. 39 &
40.
Existing navigational channel of EBTL which
will be used for proposed development is
Details of the layout plan including details of channel, breakwaters, provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.2 on
11
dredging, disposal and reclamation. page no. 25.
Breakwater, disposal and reclamation are not
part of the proposed project.
Dredging is not envisaged for the proposed
project.
In this proposed project only LNG will be
handled. For details of LNG cargo, its
storage, please refer Chapter 2, Table 2-3,
Table 2-4 & Table 2-5 page no. 45.
For transport of LNG, Once the LNG is
regasified, it will be transported to Essar
Steel and Essar Power as well as other party
customers connected to the grid. Pipeline
connectivity to the gas grid is already in
Details of handling of each cargo, storage, transport along with place till the Essar Steel unit. Please refer
spillage control, dust preventive measures. In case of coal, mineral Table 2-7, page no. 46. Oil Spill Disaster
12 Contingency plan is attached as
cargo, details of storage and closed conveyance, dust suppression and
prevention filters. Attachment 1 of Marine EIA report.
In addition to RU, road gantry facilities will
be developed for transport of LNG in road
tankers to end customers. Please refer
Table 2-8, page no. 46.
For dust preventive measures, please refer,
Chapter 4, Mitigation Measures on page
no. 155.
Coal, mineral cargo will not be handled in
the proposed project.
Please refer, Chapter 3, Fishery Resource
Submit the details of fishing activity and likely impacts on the fishing on page no. 79 to 82; Chapter 4,
13 activity due to the project. Specific study on effects of construction section 4.3.4 on page no 86 and
activity and pile driving on marine life. Chapter 5, Table 5-1 on page no 90 of
Appendix 1 Marine EIA Report.

This project does not envisaged any

construction activity such as pile driving
For oil spill contingency plan, please refer
14 Details of oil spill contingency plan Attachment 1 of Appendix 1 (Marine
EIA Report) on page no. 128.
For bathymetry study, please refer Chapter
3, Section 3.2.3 on page no. 44, of
Appendix 1 Marine EIA Report.
15 Details of bathymetry study For bathymetry chart of EBTL Hazira
channel, please refer Figure 3-4 on page
no. 46 of Appendix 1 Marine EIA
Report.
Simulation of wave propagation in the area
covering the EBTL Hazira approach channel
was carried out by using MIKE-21 NSW
16 Details of ship tranquillity study model. For details, please refer Attachment
2 - Wave Transformation Study of
Appendix 1 (Marine EIA Report) on
page no. 130.
Please refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.3,
Examine the details of water requirement, impact on competitive user, 2.7.4, page no. 48, 52.
17 treatment details, use of treated waste water. Prepare a water Also refer, Table 2-15 on page no. 50.
balance chart. For Water Balance chart, refer Figure 2-4,
page no. 51.
For rainwater harvesting details, please refer
Chapter 10, Section 10.9 page no. 199.
18 Details of rainwater harvesting and utilization of rain water.
Rainwater harvesting locations are provided
in Map 2-3 on page no. 41.
For solid waste generation, treatment &
19 Examine details of Solid waste generation treatment and its disposal. disposal system, please refer Chapter 2,
Section 2.7.10 page no. 55.
Not applicable as no desalination plant is
20 Details of desalination plant and the study for outfall and intake.
envisaged.
Examine baseline environmental quality along with projected Please refer Table 4-9, Table 4-14 page
21
incremental load due to the proposed project/activities no. 153 & 162
Noted.
The air quality monitoring should be carried out according to the Please refer air quality monitoring
22
notification issued on 16th November, 2009. methodology details Table 3-5 page no.
70
For expenditure for Environmental
Examine separately the details for construction and operation phases Management Plan and Environmental
23 both for Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan, please refer Table 6-1 on
Monitoring Plan with cost and parameters page no. 171 & Table 10-14, page no.
204.
Qualitative risk assessment is done by
DNVGL, Chennai.
Submit details of a comprehensive Risk Assessment and Disaster For comprehensive risk assessment and
24 Management Plan including emergency evacuation during natural and disaster management plan details, please
man-made disasters refer Chapter 7, Section 7.3 page no.
181.
Also refer Annexure 17 & Annexure 18.
Submit details of the trees to be cut including their species and
whether it also involves any protected or endangered species. There is no flora present at the project site,
25 Measures taken to reduce the number of the trees to be removed so no trees will be cut for the proposed
should be explained in detail. Submit the details of compensatory project activities.
plantation. Explore the possibilities of relocating the existing tree

Examine the details of afforestation measures indicating land and

financial outlay. Landscape plan, green belts and open spaces may be For details of green belt, please refer
26 described. A thick green belt should be planned all around the nearest Chapter 10, Section 10.8, page no. 192
settlement to mitigate noise and vibrations. The identification of to 188.
species/ plants should be made based on the botanical studies
The Public Hearing should be conducted for the project in accordance
with provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification,
2006 and the issues raised by the public should be addressed in the Details for the same are provided in
27
Environmental Management Plan. The Public Hearing should be Chapter 7, Section 7.1 page no. 173.
conducted based on the ToR letter issued by the Ministry and not on
the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the web-site.
A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in accordance
28 with the above additional TOR and should be submitted to the Ministry Noted & complied
in accordance with the Notification
Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction There is no litigation pending against this
29
/order passed by any Court of Law against the Project should be given proposed project.
For proposed project cost please refer
Section 2.8 page no 57.
The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the For expenditure for Environmental
30
cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out Management Plan and Environmental
Monitoring Plan, please refer Table 10-14
page no. 204
Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies including
anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative measure, project
31 Noted.
proponent can refer to the model ToR available on Ministry website
"http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Port and harbour".
ADDITIONAL TERMS OF REFERENCE by MoEF&CC
For importance & benefits of the project,
1 Importance and benefits of the project. please refer Chapter 2, Section 2.2, page
no. 33 and Chapter 8, page no. 184.
The data collection and impact assessment shall be as per standards
2 Noted & complied.
survey methods.
For Status of compliance of earlier
A report by RO, MoEF&CC on status of compliance of conditions on
3 Environmental Conditions, please refer
existing port to be provided in EIA-EMP report
Chapter 13, Section 13.1, page no. 236.
Submit a complete set of documents required as per para 4.2 (i) of
4 Noted & will be complied
CRZ Notification, 2011
For Layout superimposed on HTL/LTL map
prepared by NIOT, Chennai on 1:4000 scale
and 1:25,000 scale, please refer Annexure
3 & Annexure 3 -A.
CRZ map prepared by Institute of Remote
Sensing (IRS), Anna University, Chennai in
Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map 1:25000 scale and 1:4000 scale along with
5
demarcated by an authorized agency on 1:4000 scale superimposition of proposed LNG Terminal
on approved CZMP maps of Surat District as
per CRZ Notification 2011, clearly
demarcated of HTL, LTL 100 mtrs buffer,
200 mtrs buffer and CRZ boundary as per
direction of MOEF&CC, GOI is provided in
Annexure 3 -B & Annexure 3 -C.
GCZMA decided to recommend the proposed
6 Recommendation of the SCZMA project to MoEF&CC, vide Minutes of 50th
meeting of the GCZMA, dated 07.09.2020.
For various Port facilities details, please refer
Chapter 1, Section 1.2.1, page no. 25
7 Various Ports facilities with capacities for proposed project
and Chapter 2, Table 2-3, Table 2-4 &
Table 2-5 page no. 45.
8 List of cargo to be handled along with mode of transportation For details of cargo, its storage & transport,
please refer Chapter 2, Table 2-3, Table

2-4 & Table 2-5 page no. 45.

For Layout of existing port, please refer Map
9 Layout plan of existing and proposed Port. 2-1, page no. 39 and for proposed port
layout, please refer Map 2-2, page no. 39.
A detailed analysis of the physico-chemical and biotic components in
the highly turbid waters round the project site (as exhibited in the
For details, please refer Chapter 3, page
Google map shown during the presentation), compare it with the
10 no. 54 of Appendix 1 - Marine EIA
physicochemical and biotic components in the adjacent clearer (blue)
Report.
waters both in terms of baseline and impact assessment and draw up
a management plan
Dredging is not required for the proposed
11 Study the impact of dredging on the shore line.
project.
12 A detailed impact analysis of rock dredging.
project activities.
13 Action plan for disposal of dredged soil and rocks.
project.
Dispersion modelling for the dumping of the dredge materials shall be
14 Not applicable.
carried out. The study report shall be incorporated.
For details of air pollution control measures,
please refer Chapter 4, Mitigation
Measures of Section 4.4.1, and
Details of air pollution control measures to be taken as well as cost to Mitigation Measures of Section 4.4.2.
15
be incurred.
For cost regarding the control
measures, please refer Chapter 6, Table
6-1, Sr. no. 2 on page no. 171
For details of water requirement, wastewater
use, please refer Chapter 2, Section
2.7.3, 2.7.4, page no. 48, 52.
Total water consumption and its source. Wastewater management
16 For Water Balance chart, refer Figure 2-4,
plan.
page no. 51.
For wastewater management plan, please
refer, Section 2.7.4, page no. 52.
For details of Environmental monitoring Plan,
17 Details of Environmental Monitoring Plan. please refer Chapter 6, Section 6.3 page
no. 170.
No dredging is required for the proposed
18 The impacts of rock excavation and dredging separately.
project.
For Status of compliance of earlier
A para-wise compliance to the consent conditions as may have been
19 Environmental Conditions, please refer
prescribed by the State Pollution Control Board.
Annexure 19.
The EIA would follow the orders of the respective courts and include a
There are no court cases pending against
20 chapter in the EIA on the Court cases including those at the Supreme
this project in any court.
Court and the NGT.
The Marine biodiversity impact assessment report and management
For Marine Biodiversity impact assessment
plan through the National Institute of Oceanography (NIOS) or any
report and management plan, carried out
other institute of repute on marine, brackish water and fresh water
jointly by CSIR-Central Salt & Marine
ecology and biodiversity. The report shall study the impact of the
Chemical Research Institute (CSMCRI)
project activities on the intertidal biotopes, corals and coral
21 and Kadam Environmental Consultants,
communities, molluscs, sea grasses, sea weeds, subtidal habitats,
Gujarat, please refer Chapter 3, Section
fishes, other marine and aquatic micro, macro and mega flora and
3.2.4, Section 3.2.5, 3.2.6. Also refer,
fauna including benthos, plankton, turtles, birds etc. as also the
Chapter 4, Section 4.3 on page no. 84
productivity. The data collection and impact assessment shall be as
to 87 of Marine EIA Report.
per standards survey methods.
For disaster management plan, please refer
22 Disaster Management Plan for the above terminal.
Chapter 7, Section 7.4, page no. 183.
For Layout for existing and proposed green
belt, please refer
23 Layout plan of existing and proposed Greenbelt.
Figure 10-1 & Figure 10-2,
Page no. 193 & 196.

There are no court cases pending against

24 Status of court case pending against the project.
this proposed project in any court.
25 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs. Done in this table.
26 Point wise reply to the complaint made by Conservation Action Trust. Please refer, Annexure 20.
Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments
For details of Public Hearing proceedings and
made by the project proponent on the same should be included in
27 MOM, please refer Chapter 7, Section 7.1
EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget for
page no. 173.
complying with the commitments made.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects.
Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project
operations, technology and other related activities.
2.1 Type of project

The proposed project is of development of LNG Terminal at Hazira, Gujarat as given in Section 1.1 & 1.2 of
Chapter 1.
2.2 Need for the project
Natural gas is a naturally occurring hydrocarbon gas mixture consisting primarily of methane. It is one of the
cleanest, safest, and most useful forms of energy in our day-to-day lives. It is an important source of energy for
power generation, industrial fuel requirements, feed for the fertilizer and also used as process material for various
industries like steel plant and petroleum refineries.
Natural gas has only a 6% share in total energy basket of India which is approximately one fourth of the world
average. India is keen to raise the share of natural gas in the primary energy basket to 15 % by 2030.
Approximately 50 percent of natural gas requirement is imported in the form of LNG. Considering the low
penetration of natural gas in the energy basket of India and dependence on LNG for availability of required natural
gas, India is a very prospective market for growth of LNG infrastructure, regasification and distribution market.
Natural gas/LNG compared to Diesel as a fuel have following environmental benefits:
 Greenhouse gas emission for LNG is approx. 15% lower

 NOx emission is 80% lower
 Particulate emission is 75% lower
 LNG spills does not require cleaning up of land as it evaporates and being lighter than air does not settles in
the lower atmosphere.
Due to lack of availability of gas, gas based power plants in India are currently either idle or operating at very low
capacity. Terminal will provide the necessary gas requirement for operation of these power plants subject to
financial viability with LNG.
Further, Essar Steel has a 6.8 MTPA gas based steel plant at Hazira which is operating at low utilization due to lack
of availability of gas. The terminal will provide requisite gas requirement for operation of the steel plant.
Hazira -Bijapur-Jagdishpur (HBJ) gas pipeline which originates from Gujarat transports gas to the nearby industrial
hinterland as well as various parts of India. HBJ pipeline has made south Gujarat a highly attractive location for
LNG import terminals as well and that is the reason why India’s first two LNG import terminals were developed in
the region at Hazira and Dahej.
Considering the attractiveness of the location, huge untapped gas demand of nearby industries and recent fall in
LNG prices, there is a strong case for development of a new LNG import terminal at Hazira.
The proposed LNG import terminal will be able to deliver an environment friendly fuel to the end consumer and
provide natural gas to sectors such as steel, fertilizer, power, refinery and city gas distribution thereby benefiting
the economy as a whole.

2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site
layout)
2.3.1 General location of the site
The proposed project site is within the existing reclaimed land of EBTL. In-principle approval letter from GMB has
been received to EBTL which is attached in Annexure 2. The site is at Hazira. Hazira is situated 230 km north of
Mumbai, 30 km from Surat city, access is via National Highways 6 and 8 and Surat domestic airport. Figure 2-1
shows general location map of the project site.

DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT,
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-1: General location map of the project site

2.3.2 Specific location of site & project boundary
The proposed LNG terminal and associated facilities will be developed on reclaimed land of existing Essar Bulk
Terminal Limited boundary. Proposed project site boundary on satellite image is provided in Figure 2-2 shows
specific location of site.

Figure 2-2: Specific site location on satellite image

2.3.3 Approach and connectivity to facility
Hazira is situated 230 km north of Mumbai, 30 km from Surat city, access is via National Highways 6 and 8 and
Surat domestic airport.
By road
The proposed project site is connected to NH-53 as per new Highway no document No. NH-15017/33/2019-P&M,
Government of India, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (Planning Zone) dated 16 th August, 2019. The
highway NH-53 is connecting Hazira, Surat, Uchchhal in the state Gujarat.
By rail
Surat railway station is just ~22 km away from Hazira via road and located on the important broad gauge route
that runs between Delhi and Mumbai. This route has double tracks, completely electrified and the tracks are
designed to handle faster trains thus ensuring that transportation of cargo are both faster and more efficient as
compared with other rail routes.
By air
Hazira to Surat domestic airport road distance is ~16 km.
2.4 Size or magnitude of operation
2.4.1 Land distribution at site
Essar Bulk Terminal Ltd. will use ~17 hectares of existing reclaimed land for the development of proposed LNG
terminal and associated facilities. Area statement is given in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1: Area statement of site

S. No. Land Area in m2
1 Greenbelt 50000
2 STP 100
3 Equipment (including Regas facilities, BOG Compressors & associated facilities) 3950
4 LNG Storage Bullets 18650
5 Atmospheric Tank 6050
6 Tanker Loading Facilities 5400
7 Flare Area 25500
8 Non Factory buildings 9000
9 Firewater & Fire-fighting facilities 6540
10 Other Miscellaneous Area (including metering skids, utility packages, roads, drainage etc.) 18810
Total Area 1,44,000
Existing port layout map & site layout map along with terminal and associated facility is shown in Map 2-1 & Map
2-2 respectively.

Map 2-1: Existing port layout map
Proposed
Project

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Map 2-2: Site layout map
Map is attached separately.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Map 2-3: Storm Water Network
Map is attached separately.

Map 2-4: Contour Map

2.4.2 Magnitude of site
The proposed project is of development of LNG Terminal at Tapi Estuary at Hazira, Gujarat as given in Section 1.1
& 1.2 of Chapter 1.
2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation

Table 2-2: Project implementation schedule
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
ID Task Name Start Finish
Q-1 Q-2 Q-3 Q-4 Q-1 Q-2 Q-3 Q-4 Q-1 Q-2 Q-3 Q-4 Q-1 Q-2 Q-3 Q-4 Q-1 Q-2 Q-3 Q-4 Q-1 Q-2 Q-3 Q-4 Q-1 Q-2 Q-3
1 Project Dates Apr-16 ######
Environment
2 Jul-17 Jun-19
Clearance
Contractor
3 Apr-16 Mar-19
Selection
Consturction of
4 Jul-19 Nov-20
LNG Facilities
Other Statutory
5 Jul-19 Nov-20
Approvals
Mechanical
6 Jul-19 Nov-20
Completion
Final Licencing
7 Jul-19 Dec-20
and Approvals
8 Commissioning Nov-20 Mar-21
2.6 Brief description of the project
2.6.1 Development of FSU and land based LNG terminal
EBTL has envisaged to develop a 6 MMTPA LNG import terminal. LNG will be stored in a LNG carrier which will be
moored at jetty, this LNG carrier moored to jetty is referred as FSU. Apart from FSU there will be land based
storage as well. RU will be connected to the FSU/land based storage facilities through cryogenic pipeline and
unloading arms. RU will be connected togas grid, Essar steel and Essar power via pipeline. Part of waterfront will be
utilized for mooring of FSU and will be available to EBTL for the dedicated use for handling LNG.
The LNG will be imported to Hazira via LNG carriers. EBTL has developed a 7 km long navigational channel for
movement of ships and currently 14 m draft vessels are being berthed at EBTL using tide. Draft of largest LNG
carriers is 12m-12.5m hence draft at the navigational channel is sufficient for berthing of LNG carriers. LNG will be
unloaded from LNG carrier to FSU through flexible hoses which is a standard practice for ship to ship transfer. The
LNG will then be transferred from FSU to land based storage/RU via fixed loading arms and cryogenic pipelines.
FSU storage will be up to 266,000 cubic meter while land based storage facilities will be of 60,000 cubic meter
comprising of double walled atmospheric tank and double walled pressurized bullets. LNG will either flow directly
from FSU to RU or first flow to land based storage facilities and from land based storage facilities to RU.
RU of 750 MMSCFD capacity will be installed on the land and fresh water from the power plant of Essar Power
Hazira Limited which will be ~ 7 km away from proposed LNG terminal, will be used to vaporize the LNG and cooled
water will be returned back to power plant. Through this process there will neither be any consumption of water
nor any discharge of water into any water bodies during the regasification process. In addition to fresh water,
ambient air may also be used for vaporization of LNG.
Once the LNG is regasified, it will be transported to Essar Steel and Essar Power as well as other third party
customers connected to the grid. Pipeline connectivity to the gas grid is already in place till the Essar Steel unit.
In addition to RU, road gantry facilities will be developed for transport of LNG in road tankers to end customers.

2.6.2 Details of project
LNG terminal description

The LNG Terminal shall also be provided with Skid mounted BOG Compressor Package, Marine Loading Arms, RLNG
metering Skid (for HP & LP Headers), Tanker loading Bays, Flare system and I&C system for the entire Terminal.
Figure 2-3: Unloading and regasification facilities process flow
Key facilities/equipment for the proposed LNG terminal is given in Section 2.6 of Chapter 2.
Tanker traffic data

 Time to load tanker = ~40 minutes
 Time to position tanker (between earlier tanker leaving & new tanker entering the bay) = ~20 minutes
 Total time to load one tanker = ~60 minutes
 Therefore, in 1 day = 24 tankers can be loaded per bay
 Size of each tanker = 17.5 MT
 Tanker loading capacity per annum = (17.5 MT per tanker) X (24 tankers per bay per day) X 8 bays X (330
days per yr) X 70 % efficiency = ~0.78 MTPA
 Tanker loaded per day = (24 tanker per bay per day) X 8 bays X 70 % efficiency =~135 tankers per day =
~5.6 tankers per hour
Based on above calculations and presence of 8 bays, there are sufficient utilities for tanker loading and no
congestion of tankers/traffic is envisaged to meet the desired capacity.
2.6.3 LNG storage facilities
The FSU will be another LNGC vessel which will be leased and will have capacity up to 266,000 cubic meters. The
storage tanks on the FSU may be walled or membrane type tanks where LNG will be stored at approximately – 161
– 165 oC. The FSU will be moored to the Jetty. Additionally, land based storage facilities of 60,000 cubic meters
comprising of double walled atmospheric tank (~54,000 cbm) and double walled pressurized bullets (~6,000 cbm)
may be developed. Land based storage tank details are given in Table 2-3. Floating storage unit detail are given in
Table 2-4. Chemical properties of LNG is given in Table 2-9.

Table 2-3: Land based storage tank details

Products to be Storage Capacity Maximum Storage
S. No. Type of Tank Total No. of Tanks
Stored in m3 Capacity in m3
1 Atmospheric Tanks LNG 1 54,000 54,000
2 Pressurized Bullets LNG 6 1,000 6,000
Table 2-4: Floating storage unit details

Storage Maximum storage
S. No. Type of tank Products to be stored Total no. of tanks
capacity in m3 capacity in m3
1 FSU Tanks LNG 5 Upto 266,000 266,000
Table 2-5: Type of LNGCs and their dimensions

Model Unit
Type LNG Carrier
Storage Capacity 1,77,000 m3
LOA 300 m
Beam Length 48 m
Draft (design) 12 m
*Above are typical dimensions for LNG carrier of ~ 1,77,000 m3capacity
Unloading arms
Marine unloading arms will be used to transfer LNG from tanks into land based storage facilities or directly to the
RU. There will be 3 loading arms installed at the jetty – 1 liquid, 1 vapor and 1 hybrid/dual purpose arm. Details of
the unloading arms are provided in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6: Unloading arm details

S. No. Description of facility Numbers Remark
One Liquid Unloading arm: 1600 m3/hr
One Vapour Unloading arm : 16100 kg/hr (12000 m 3/hr)
One spare hybrid arm which will be used for both liquid and vapour.
Liquid Arm
1 Unloading arms 3 Operating Temperature/ Pressure: (-)157 to (-)160 °C/ 4 to 7.5 barg
Design temperature / Pressure: (-)196 & 65°C / 15 barg & FV
Vapour Arm
Operating Temperature/ Pressure: (-)130 to (-)160 °C/ 130 mbarg
Design temperature/ Pressure: (-)196 & 65°C / 11 barg & FV
Regasification technology
For the proposed LNG terminal at Hazira, LNG will be vaporized into Regasified LNG (RLNG)/Gas at the land based
regasification units. The land based regasification modules will operate using freshwater as the primary heating
medium and Glycol Water/Propane will be used as the intermediate medium for vaporization of LNG. The
freshwater will be sourced from the cooling tower of the nearby 270 MW power plant which is within the Essar’s
complex at Hazira.
Terminal capacity
Terminal capacity is governed by the capacity of the regasification units. Terminal will be developed with 750
MMSCFD of regasification capacity:
 3 skids of 250 MMSCFD each

 Each skid comprises of 2 trains of 125 MMSCFD each for regasification of both rich and lean LNG.

 Each RU train will be complete with high pressure pumps, LNG vaporizers and intermediate fluid circulation.
Systems and pumps and heat exchangers.
 Each RU train will be designed to operate between 40% and 100% of the design capacity for the given range
of battery limit pressures.
Pipeline details
Pipeline details are given in Table 2-7.
Table 2-7: Pipeline details

S. No. Route of pipeline Numbers Remark
Freshwater pipeline from Essar Power Hazira Limited (EPHL)
1 4 4 X 48” pipelines
to terminal and return back to power plant
Gas Pipelines to Essar Steel/Essar Power/Gas grid of GSPL,
GAIL, RGTIL
2 X 16” (Liquid lines)
3 LNG/BOG lines from Jetty to Land Based Storage facilities 3
1 X 16” (vapour line)
Road gantry details
Road gantry facilities will be developed to deliver LNG via road to end consumers. Key details are as follows:
Table 2-8: Road gantry details

S. No. Description of facility Remark
8 Nos. of loading stations of design capacity: 70 m 3 per hour each
1 Tanker loading facilities Operating Temperature/ Pressure: (-)157 to (-) 160°C /1.5 to 2 bar g
Design Temperature/ Pressure: (-)196°C & 65°C /15 barg & FV

Table 2-9: Detailed properties of chemicals

Specific
Raw Flash Melting Boiling
S. Composition CAS Mol. Wt. IDLH Gravity LEL UEL
Materials/ State Colour Odour Point Point Point Stability Hazard
No (mol %) Number (g/mole) (ppm) at 68 0F % %
Products (oC) (oC) (oC)
(g/cc)
CH4 = 97.7
Flammability
C2H6= 1.8 -163 to
Normally -4
1 LNG (Lean) C3H8 = 0.2 74−82−8 Liquid Colourless 16.4 -188 NA -65.74 NA 0.427 4.3 17
Odourless stable Health-1
C4H10 + = 0.2 ( TBP)
Instability-0
N2= 0.1
CH4 = 81.6
-175.6 Flammability
C2H6= 13.4
to - Normally -4
2 LNG (Rich) C3H8 = 3.7 74−82−8 Liquid Colourless Odourless 19.3 -188 NA 23.56 NA 0.485 3.7 16.4
stable Health-1
C4H10 = 0.7 ( TBP) Instability-0
N2= 0.7

2.7 Associated utilities facilities

Utilities include power, instrument & plant air, nitrogen, diesel oil, service water & firewater, fresh water, circulating
water for operating the proposed LNG terminal at Hazira.
2.7.1 Power requirement
For normal use, power will be sourced from Essar Power plant at Hazira and the power will be available at the
terminal at battery limit. For emergency power, emergency diesel generator shall be considered.
Power requirement for the entire terminal (Regasification Units & associated pumps, BOG compressors, LP Pumps
and miscellaneous equipment such as valves, motors etc.) is estimated to be ~ 15.7 MW.
2.7.2 Emissions details
Boil off gas
Boil off gas (BOG) which is primarily generated in the FSU and land based storage facilities will be sent via BOG
Compressors to the Regasification units where the BOG will be recondensed into LNG.
Table 2-10: BOG parameters at Regasification Unit (RU) skid battery limit
BOG Operating / Design
5 barg to 6.5 barg / 10 barg
pressure at RGU Skids B/L
BOG Operating / Design
(-) 2 to 67°C / (-) 46 to 120°C
temperature at RGU Skids B/L
BOG Composition Lean LNG Rich LNG
Methane 0.9845 0.8739
Ethane 0 0.0003
Propane 0 0
Nitrogen 0.0155 0.1258
i-butane 0 0
n-butane 0 0
2.7.3 Details of water and wastewater
Service water and fire water
The service water shall be provided from service water storage tank, located at LNG terminal. The service water
storage tank shall be loaded from water tanker. Water tankers shall also be used to fill fire water tanks. The service
water tank shall be provided with service water pumps.
Table 2-11: Temperature and pressure conditions of service and fire water
Service water Unit Value
Pressure -
Normal kg/cm2g 2.5
Design 10
Temperature -
Normal °C 32
Design 65
Fire water system shall consist of electric motor driven fire water jockey pumps, diesel engine driven main fire
water pumps, fire water tanks, fire water hydrants, and water sprinklers etc.

Domestic water demand
Domestic water shall be the water sourced from service water tank and treated with RO. Domestic water shall be
supplied through domestic water pumps to eyewash showers in the plant and also to the buildings.
Table 2-12: Temperature and pressure conditions of domestic water

Domestic water Unit Value
Pressure -
Normal kg/cm g 2
2.5
Design 10
Temperature -
Normal °C 32
Design 65
The domestic water consumption shall be based on 30 persons’ water consumption per day.
Industrial water demand
Table 2-13: Temperature and pressure conditions of water for industrial use at Terminal battery limit
Description Unit Supply Return
Pressure
Normal barg 4 (min) , 5 (Normal) 2.5 (min), 3.5 (Normal)
Design 12
Temperature
Normal °C 30 (min), 45 (Max) 15 (min)
Design 65
Table 2-14: Quality of water use for industrial purpose

Cooling water (Circulating water) parameters
Sr. no. Parameter UOM Result
1 pH 9.30 - 9.60
2 Conductivity µS/cm 3500 – 4000
3 Total Hardness Ppm 30 - 40
4 Chloride Ppm 550 - 650
5 Turbidity NTU < 10
6 Chlorine Di-Oxide Ppm 0.2 - 0.3
Alternatively, seawater can be used for vaporization of LNG.
Water Consumption and wastewater generation details
Source of water supply

The required fresh water for the proposed project will be met from Essar Bulk Terminal Limited and circulating
water for regasification will be sourced from neighbouring power plant of Essar.
Water consumption and wastewater generation for proposed unit

In the proposed LNG Terminal water will be mainly used in following areas:
 Domestic Usage
 Fire Fighting
 Regasification process
 Washing and
 Other process
The breakup of water consumption and wastewater generation from the proposed unit is described in Table 2-15
and balance diagram is presented in Figure 2-4.
Table 2-15: Water consumption and wastewater generation details

Water Wastewater
Sr. Area of Water Basis for Water
Requirement Generation Treatment & Disposal Facility
No. Consumption Calculations
(KLD) (KLD)
FSU will have an STP onboard which will
No of
treat the Sewage and discharge will be
Workers/Employee
Domestic (On- used in green belt of LNG Terminal.
1 - 30 Nos. Water 4 3
board FSU) Adequate storage capacity will be proposed
demand - 135
to storage treated sewage in case of water
LPCD
is not use for gardening due to heavy rain.
Washing and
Bilge water sent outside to authorized
2 Cleaning (On- Randomly 20 20
Vendor for treatment and disposal facility.
board FSU)
Steam Turbine Make up Water Blow down water to collection tank of
3 15 0.5
(Boiler Capacity) required for boiler Terminal STP
Treated in STP to be provided in LNG
Terminal Area and treated sewage will be
Consider
used for gardening / green belt
Domestic (LNG Evaporation loss
4 10 9 development.
Terminal Area) and mock drills
Adequate storage capacity will be proposed
etc.
Consider
Evaporation loss
5 Fire fighting 5 0 Make up in Fire Water Reservoir
and mock drills
etc.
Quantity of 8000 KL per hr of water
required for there-gasification process
Circulating Water which will be sourced from the cooling
6 (Re-Gasification of 8000 KL/hr 192000 192000 towers of the neighbouring power plant of
LNG) Essar. The same will be used for cooling
and further sent back to the respective
power plant areas
Total Water
Consumption and
8 - 192054 192032.5 -
wastewater
Generation
Recycled Water
from
9 - 192000 192000 -
Regasification
process
Fresh water
Requirements
10 - 54 32.5 -
/Wastewater
Generation

Figure 2-4: Water balance diagram

Wastewater disposal
Wastewater mainly generated from domestic use from port area and from FSU unit.
 The sewage generation from FSU unit will be treated in onboard STP plant and treated water will be used for
greenbelt development for LNG terminal. Conventional STP will be proposed at FSU unit.
 The sewage generation from the terminal area will be treated in separate proposed STP at terminal area and
treated water will be used for gardening.
 Treated water from FSU and terminal will be collected in retention tank and then it will be used for gardening.
 Wastewater from regasification process is further send to power plant.
2.7.4 Details of proposed sewage treatment plant at terminal area
Design basis inlet & outlet characteristics for proposed STP
STP will be proposed for 10 KLD capacity. The design Inlet & outlet characteristics of proposed STP is presented in
Table 2-16.
Table 2-16: Design inlet & outlet characteristics of STP
Design Inlet Characteristics for Design Outlet Characteristics of
Sr. No. Name of plant Unit
STP STP
1 Effluent quantity m3/day 10 10
2 pH mg/l 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 9.0
3 COD mg/l 600 <50
4 BOD mg/l 300 <10
5 TDS mg/l 800 <2100
6 SS mg/l 100 <20
List of STP units with capacity
The capacity of STP units with adequacy is prescribed in Table 2-17.
Table 2-17: List of STP units with capacity & adequacy

Design Flow Retention Time
S. No. Unit Name No. of Unit Capacity (m3)
(m3) (hr)
1 Sewage Collection Sump 1 3.05 10 7.3
2 MBR Tank (Aeration Tank) 1 4.78 10 11.5
3 Final Collection Tank 1 20.0 10 48
4 Sludge Drying Beds 1 1m 2
10 -
5 Chlorine Dosing Tank 1 100 lit -
Process description of STP
Collection sump – 1 no.

The sewage from septic tank system from plant will be collected in one collection tank via gravity from where it is
pumped further to the aeration tank with MBR system. A screen chamber will be provided upfront to the collection
tank.
Aeration tank – MBR tank – 1 no.

The sewage water will be subjected to MBR bio-reactor in an aeration tank in MS Epoxy painted Construction. MBR
module is fitted with necessary components like air diffuser and filtration membrane with a pore size ranging from
0.1 micron to 0.01 micron. Diffused aerators will be provided in the tank for air supply.
The backwash tank with backwash pump will be provided for cleaning of membranes. The MBR system will be
operated in AUTO MODE.
Chlorine dosing tank – 1 no.

NaOCl dosing tank of 100 Liters capacity is provided for disinfection after biological treatment.
Final collection tank - 1 no.

A final collection tank is provided for collection of final outlet of the treatment plant in an HDPE Tank of 20 KL
capacity.
Sludge drying beds – 2 nos.

Suitable sludge drying beds capacity is proposed to be provided for the purpose of drying the Sludge Generated.
The sludge will then be packed in HDPE / LDPE bags and further disposed of as manure.
The filtrate will be sent back to the collection tank.
Figure 2-5: Process block diagram of proposed STP
Sludge generation and disposal
The sludge generated from the sewage treatment plant will be about 400 kg/Annum which will be used as manure
for greenbelt development.
2.7.5 Fuel gas

Fuel gas shall be used for providing purge for flare system and fuel gas for flare pilots. The Fuel gas shall be
sourced from BOG compressor discharge header.
2.7.6 Nitrogen
A nitrogen system is provided to supply gaseous nitrogen for the plant operating requirements:
 Loader valves of boil-off compressors

 Continuous sealing in Junction box of HP, LP pumps.
 Joints (Styles) of Marine Loading Arm.
 Regular draining of process equipment (jetty KO drum, unloading arms etc.)
 Continuous or intermittent purging (flare sweeping, arms swivel joints)
 Plant maintenance (draining, dry-out and inerting of process lines and equipment)
Nitrogen generation system shall be considered with a 50 m3 Nitrogen storage bullet. Nitrogen shall be of 99.99 %
vol purity.

Table 2-18: Temperature & pressure of nitrogen

Nitrogen Unit Value
Pressure
Normal Barg 6
Design 15
Temperature
Normal °C >5
Design 65
2.7.7 Instrument air & plant air
Instrument air system is intended to supply instrument air to the Terminal as required for instruments, control
valves, on-off valves, compressor package and ignition air for flare pilots.
Table 2-19: Details of instrument air & plant air

Type Unit Plant air Instrument air
Dew point °C NA (-) 40 °C @ Atm.
Pressure - -
Minimum 3 4
Normal Barg 4 5
Maximum 5 6
Design 12 12
Temperature - -
Minimum - -
Normal °C 45 45
Maximum - -
Design 60 60
2.7.8 Diesel oil
A diesel storage tank shall be provided with pumps for supply of diesel to EMGD, Fire water Pump engines etc.
Table 2-20: Temperature & pressure of diesel oil

Diesel Oil Unit Value
Pressure
Normal kg/cm2g 2.5
Design 10
Temperature
Normal °C 32
Design 65
2.7.9 Flare system

The flare header conditions shall be as follows:
 Normal operating pressure : 0.1 barg

 Maximum operating pressure: 1.7 barg
Following systems shall be connected to flare header:
 Blow-down from LNG vaporizers

 Relief from LNG Re-condenser
 Relief from BOG compressors
 Blow-down from LNG Tanks vapour system

 Blow-down from Natural gas send out header
 Blow down from LNG Storage facilities
Height of the flare stock shall be selected to meet the criteria of CPCB, GSPCB, OISD and API 521. Also it shall be
decided based on the radiation contours.
2.7.10 Solid and hazardous waste identification, quantification, collection, transportation and
disposal
The solid / hazardous waste will be collected and temporarily stored in Hazardous Waste Storage Area as per
hazardous waste rules within the plant premises. The details of the solid and hazardous waste generation,
quantification, classification, collection, transportation and disposal facility as per Hazardous Waste Rules 2008 and
its amendment are mentioned in Table 2-21.
Table 2-21: Hazardous waste generation, treatment & disposal details

Category of waste Quantity in KL per
Name of waste
Sr. No. (as per Hazardous year or MT per Management
generation
Waste Rules 2016) year
1 Used Oil 5.1 5
2 Waste Oil 5.2 15
Cargo Residue, Washing
3 water and sludge containing 3.1 300
oil
Empty Will be done in compliance with
Barrels/Containers/liners GPCB/ CPCB norms as mentioned
4 33.1 300 in CC&A
contaminated with
hazardous chemicals/wastes
Contaminated Cotton Rags
5 33.2 5
and other cleaning materials
Sludge and Filters
6 Contaminated with oil from 3.3 15
Ships
Storage / handling of solid and hazardous wastes
All waste is being handed with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the solid and hazardous
waste handling. The wastes will be collected in drums and HDPE Bags and further transferred at the storage
location in the existing Solid cum Hazardous Waste Storage area provided at site.
One-month storage with impervious flooring will be provided for hazardous waste storage to avoid leakage
problem.

Other solids wastes
Other solid waste generated from the proposed LNG terminal is given in Table 2-22.
Table 2-22: Other solid wastes

Category of Existing quantity Additional
Name of waste waste (as per in TPA as per quantity in KL Treatment &
Sr. No.
generation Hazardous Waste consent per year or MT disposal facility
Rules 2016) conditions per year
Disposal to nearby
Common Solid
1 Municipal Solid Waste - - 36 Waste Disposal
facility as per
present scenario
There will be no OHC provided in the site premises. Only
ambulance and first aid facility is available. The facility of
2 Bio-Medical Waste
common Hospital of ESSAR in the area which is present in the
Essar Colony is availed when required
E waste accounts for around 5% of total Municipal Solid Waste.
Inventory of E Waste is presently not practiced. However in the
proposed LNG terminal inventory of E waste and E waste
3 E-Waste
collection centres will be established in each of the office
premises. They will be further sold to authorized E waste
recyclers on periodic intervals
Other non-Hazardous waste like packaging waste, card boards,
4 Other non-Hazardous waste metal scrap etc. will be sold to authorized recyclers as per
MSTC approval
2.7.11 Other effluents
Gaseous effluents
Following gaseous effluents are expected to be generated from the proposed LNG terminal:
 Exhaust from diesel engines mainly consists of CO, CO 2, and NOx,

 CO2, CO and NOx from Elevated flare stack
LNG drain
LNG drains shall be routed to underground closed drain system. The intent of the closed drain system is to provide
a safe and environmentally acceptable method of collecting and disposing of hydrocarbons handled on the facility
prior to equipment or system maintenance after depressurization.
In order to minimize the losses of hydrocarbon to the atmosphere, liquid drained from equipment and piping will be
recovered in a drain drum. In the event of FSU disconnected operation, LNG transfer line needs to be drained in the
LNG drain drum. The LNG drain drum shall be provided with one pump installed and one pump warehouse spare.
Other contaminating drains
Normally no drains are expected in the LNG terminal. During maintenance drainage of non-volatile product (Diesel,
lube oil) or chemicals will be done through observation pit or portable container. These drains to be collected in
local Pits from where these shall be removed using portable pump in barrels for further disposal.
2.7.12 Export possibility
Coastal movement of LNG can be explored after commissioning of this terminal.

2.7.13 Employment generation (DIRECT AND INDIRECT)
The Proposed LNG Terminal development will generate direct employment for approximately 100 people. There will
be indirect employment generation of around 300 people from the Project.
This project is critical for the survival of Essar Steel which will directly employ an additional 1000 people and
indirectly employ an additional 5,000 people and similarly for Essar Power which will directly employ additional 300
people and indirectly employ additional 1000 people.
2.8 Cost of the project

Total estimated cost is ~ Rs. 2,000 Crores.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the basis for establishment of
prevailing environment status and identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. This chapter describes
existing environmental baseline data of the study area pertaining to the proposed project activity.
3.2 Study area
Study area is of Radius 10 km from project site boundary.
3.3 Baseline environmental quality

The baseline environmental quality was assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various
components of the environment viz. land, air, noise, water, ecological environment and socio-economic
environment with specific reference to environmental aspects, which may have a bearing on the impacts of the
proposed project. The baseline environmental quality was assessed for one season i.e. post-monsoon 2017 (Oct’ to
Dec’ 2017) by Kadam Environmental Consultants.
As per the requirement of ToR, the baseline studies for the above mentioned study period have been incorporated
in this chapter.
The environmental baseline of the study area with respect to these parameters is discussed in subsequent sections.
3.3.1 Secondary data collection
Secondary data plays an important role in proper assessment of the baseline condition and gives an idea before the
primary data collection is started about the historical and present conditions of the area. Secondary data are
collected from already published and reliable sources.
3.3.2 Primary data collection
The following was studied with respect to the environmental baseline:
Physical environment
 Land Use pattern

 Ambient air quality
 Site specific meteorological condition
 Ambient noise quality
 Surface water quality
 Hydrology, Ground water quality
 Geology
 Soil quality
Biological environment
 Terrestrial ecology
 Aquatic ecology

Socio-economic environment
Social and economic baseline including demography, social profile, infrastructure and social need assessment.
Authenticity of primary data
Kadam’s laboratory at Vadodara was utilized for primary data collection with respect to meteorology, air, water, soil
and noise quality. The laboratory is certified to National Accreditation Board for Laboratories (NABL) and is a
gazetted laboratory under the Environment Protection Act. The laboratory follows an auditable quality plan
including sampling, analysis, reporting and calibration and participates in inter-laboratory quality control practices.
For the proposed project, monitoring study has been done for one season i.e. Post-monsoon, 2017.
3.4 Land use
3.4.1 Classification of Land use and Land cover
The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using Remote
Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission for classifying land by visual
interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a two-level system of classification,
comprising seven primary land use / land cover categories. Some of these primary categories required further
delineation, leading to a second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.
This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s land use / land cover studies. Whilst these categories
are generally found relevant with respect to describing land use and land cover classes in the Indian context,
sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include additional sub-categories, which are more relevant in
describing the land use and land cover for a particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, in any case.
The definitions for the primary and secondary categories are provided in Annexure 5.
A synopsis of above discussion as well as is summarized and presented in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1: Synopsis of Land use/ Land cover classification used for the project
S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification
Residential / Commercial
1. Built-up Land or Habitation
Industrial
Crop Land
2. Agricultural Land Fallow Land
Plantations
Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests
Deciduous Forests
Degraded Forest
Scrub (Forest)
3. Forests Open Forest
Dense or Close Forest
Forest Blank
Forest Plantations
Mangroves
Salt encrustation
Waterlogged Land
4. Wastelands Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area
Gullied / Ravenous Land
Land without Scrub

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)
Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks
5. Water Bodies
River Beds
Shifting Cultivation
Salt pan
6. Others Grassland / Grazing Land/ Grass cover
Snow Covered / Glacial Area
Mining Area
Scrub
Open vegetation
7. Vegetation Cover
Close vegetation
Mangroves
3.4.2 General study methodology
The study area covers a distance equal to 10 km from the project boundary. The study methodology involved the
following steps:
 Data collection
 Interpretation of satellite data
 Ground truth study
 Final map preparation
Data collection
This covered:
 Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having high resolution
(<1.0 m) imagery
 Topographical maps as base map
 Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area by Kadam staff to get a general feel of the entire ground area
which can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data.
Interpretation of satellite data
The downloaded satellite imagery was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation such as size,
shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary
information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was accomplished. The
classification scheme followed in the project has been described earlier in Section 3.4.1.
Ground truth study
The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land uses are correct thus improving the
quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders, thereby giving background
information on the land use.
Ground truth study is carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. The survey consisted of
traversing the study area, crosschecking of identified features with those represented on the map. Field notes are
kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified land
uses. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation are also recorded.

3.4.3 Secondary data collection and review
 Survey of India Maps (Open Source Maps)

 Administrative Atlas by Census of India
 District planning Map by National Atlas and thematic Mapping Organization
3.4.4 Primary data collection and review
The field survey was carried out by Kadam’s FAE (LU) on 20thDecember 2017 around radial distance of 10 km from
the project site boundary.
GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in interpretation of
the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the
land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high. Photo documentation is
given in Photograph 3-1.
Photograph 3-1: Photo Documentation
Surat Airport Forest at Dumas
At proposed Site Water body at Hazira Village
Mangroves near Village Dumas Village Hazira
Table 3-2 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground truthing locations
selected.

Table 3-2: GPS Readings within study area

S. No. Location Latitude (N) Longitude (E) Classes / Remarks
1 Hazira Village 21°05’13.61” 72°38’23.04” Reserved Forest
2 Hazira Village 21°05’55.60” 72°39’0.38” Pond
3 Hazira Village 21°06’4.34” 72°38’36.45” Habitation
4 Hazira Village 21°06’9.75” 72°37’37.76” Vegetation Cover
5 Hazira -Sunvali Road 21°07’26.02” 72°38’24.89” Grasses
6 Hazira -Sunvali Road 21°07’36.33” 72°38’39.50” Muddy area
7 Sunvali Village 21°09’50.29” 72°37’ 08.71” Beach
8 Dumas Village 21°06’25.20” 72°42’22.81” Mangroves
9 Dumas Village 21°06’20.00” 72°42’25.89” Habitation (School)
10 Danti Village 21°02’42.72” 72°44’6.60” Habitation
11 Hazira Village 21°06’9.05” 72°37’37.91” Intertidal area
12 Hazira Village 21°05’23.28” 72°37’48.99” Reserve Forest
13 Hazira Village 21°05’4.65” 72°38’0.79” Industry (Adani Container yard)
14 Hazira Village 21°05’40.88” 72°37’ 37.89” Industry (Shell LNG)
3.4.5 Key findings
Land use and Land cover pattern of study area
The land use and land cover of the above mentioned study area comprises of following categories. The features
identified have been presented, considering the discussion provided in Table 3-1.
The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given in Figure 3-2.
All land uses are discussed in the subsequent sub-sections:
Built-up land
Residential / Commercial
The habitation class covered ~1.3% of land and 7 villages are present in study area of 10 km. They are developed
with facilities such as public transport, roads, primary school etc.
Industrial area
Industries such as ONGC, Steel Plant, Power plant, Adani Hazira Pvt. Port Ltd., HPPL, Larsen and Toubro, NTPC,
KRIBHCO etc. are located at Hazira.
Agricultural land
Crop land/Fallow land

Few patches observed in Villages of study area. This class covers ~1% of study area.
Plantation
Most of the agricultural fields has Plantation of Nariyal, Neem, Badam, Papaya, Khajoor etc.
Forests
Reserved Forest is present in the study area which falls in Village Hazira.

Wastelands
Land without scrub covers ~4% of area. Muddy area covering ~8% of area is observed near terrestrial water
bodies. Mud flat covers ~2% of the study area.
Water bodies
This is one of the major land use category covering ~62 % of the study area which includes Arabian Sea, Tapi
Estuary and village ponds.
Others
Salt pans
Salt pans are present at Village Velan in the study area.
Jetty
Captive Jetty developed by Adani and Essar Limited at Hazira.
Airport
Surat airport is present in the study area and it covers ~0.7 % of study area
Vegetation cover
This class covers ~12% of the study area and dominant species is Prosopis. Mangroves are observed near Village
Dumas and along Tapi Estuary.
Class wise area statistics
The area statistics of these classes in the study area are presented in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3: Area statistics for Land Use / Land Cover categories in the study area
S. Level 1 Level 2 Area, Level 2 classes Area, Level 1 classes
No. classification classification Ha. ~km 2
~% Ha. ~km2 ~%
Residential /
Built-up Land 429.6 4.3 1.3
1. Commercial 2304.6 23.0 6.9
or Habitation
Industrial 1875.0 18.7 5.6
Crop Land / Fallow
Agricultural 329.0 3.3 1.0
2. Land 393.8 3.9 1.2
Land
Plantations 63.8 0.6 0.2
Open forest 2.8 0.0 0.0
3. Forests Scrub forest 6.6 0.1 0.0 70.9 0.7 0.2
Dense forest 61.5 0.6 0.2
Land without scrub 1343.9 13.4 4.0
Muddy area 2726.5 27.3 8.1
4. Wastelands 4727.1 47.3 14.1
Salt encrustation 21.0 0.2 0.1
Mud Flat 635.7 6.4 1.9
Reservoir / Lakes /
281.0 2.8 0.8
Ponds / Tanks
5. Water Bodies River 3624.5 36.2 10.8 20739.3 207.3 61.7
Sea 16818.4 168.2 50.1
Creek area 14.3 0.1 0.0

Canal 1.1 0.0 0.0

Salt pan 649.7 6.5 1.9
Grass land 2.2 0.0 0.0
Jetty area 16.0 0.2 0.0
6. Others 1268.4 12.8 3.6
Beach area 47.2 0.5 0.1
Aquaculture 317.0 3.2 0.9
Airport 236.3 2.4 0.7
Scrub 1568.9 15.7 4.7
Vegetation Open Vegetation 1190.8 11.9 3.5
7. 4049.9 40.5 12.0
Cover Close Vegetation 748.3 7.5 2.2
Mangroves 541.9 5.4 1.6
Note: Roads, Railways are not calculated separately in area statistics
Pie Chart of Level 1 classification in the study area is shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1: Pie chart of level 1 classification in the study area
Built-up or Habitation
Vegetation Cover Agriculture…
7%
12% Forest
Others 0%
4% Wastelands
14%
Water Bodies
62%
3.4.6 Final map preparation
The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for
the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and
were then written on the prepared land use and land cover map. The map is attached as Figure 3-2.
Site and its sensitivity is given in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4: Site and its sensitivity

Name of nearest feature
S. No. Sensitive Ecological Features Distance (km) Direction
/ nearest Location
1 Water courses / water bodies Tapi Estuary 0.0 E
2 Inland, coastal, marine waters Sea ~2.7 S
3 Mountains - - -
4 Airports Surat airport ~8 ENE
5 Railway Station Surat railway station ~22 NE

Name of nearest feature

S. No. Sensitive Ecological Features Distance (km) Direction
/ nearest Location
Forest at Dumas
~4.9 ENE
(unprotected forest)
Areas containing important, high quality or
6 scarce resources (forestry, agriculture,
Reserve Forest at Hazira ~1.7 W
fisheries, tourism, minerals)
Aquaculture ~7 E
7 Archaeological Site - - -
This concluded the land use identification and description component of the study.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-2: Map showing Land use and Land cover map

Figure 3-3: Sampling location map for Air, Surface Water, Ground Water, Soil, Noise & Aquatic sampling

3.5 Meteorology & ambient air quality
The general approach and methodology for meteorology and air pollution monitoring, assessment and management
is provided in Table 3-5 & Table 3-15.
3.5.2 Meteorology
General study and methodology
The general approach and methodology for meteorology and air pollution monitoring, assessment and management
is provided in Table 3-5.
Secondary data collection and review
Secondary data for weather conditions in the region is available from Long-term Climatological Tables attached as
an Annexure 6 for 30 years i.e. from 1981-2010, published by Indian Meteorological Department. Surat_42840 is
the nearest IMD Station from proposed project site located at an aerial distance of 10.0 km towards NE direction.
The seasons1 are post monsoon (includes October, November and December months), winter (includes January &
February months), and summer (includes March, April and May months).
Long-term climatological data analysed / reviewed for important parameters like temperature, humidity, wind
speed, wind direction, cloud cover and rainfall. The findings are:
Temperature
In the post monsoon, mean daily maximum temperature was recorded between 31.9 – 35.1˚C. The extreme
highest 41.4˚C was recorded on 16th October, 1987. Mean daily minimum temperature was recorded between 16.5
– 23.3˚C. The extreme lowest 6.7˚C was recorded on 27th December, 1903.
In winter season, mean daily maximum temperature was recorded between 30.8 – 32.3˚C. The extreme highest
41.7˚C was recorded on 28th February 1953. Mean daily minimum temperature was recorded between 15.2-16.7˚C.
The extreme lowest 4.4˚C was recorded on 31st January 1929.
In summer season, mean daily maximum temperature was recorded between 35.4 –36.7˚C. The extreme highest
45.6˚C was recorded on 15th April 1952 and on 1st May 1956. Mean daily minimum temperature was recorded
between 20.7 – 26.8˚C. The extreme lowest 8.9˚C was recorded on 9th March, 1979.
Humidity
In post monsoon season humidity in morning hours ranges between 65 – 73 % while in evening hours it was
between 43 – 52 %.
In winter season humidity in morning hours ranges between 64 – 68 % while in evening hours it was between 34 –
41 %.
In summer humidity in morning hours ranges between 64 – 70 % while in evening hours it was between 33 – 58
%. Summer is hot and humid.
1
Chapter –I: Climate Profile, Page 1-5, Climate Profile of India, 2010, Govt. of India, Ministry of Earth Science, Indian Meteorological
Department, New Delhi.

Highest humidity levels observed during June – Sept. months which is period of active monsoon season. Humidity
in morning hours remains between 78 – 86 % and in evening hours it was remains between 70 – 80 %.
Wind speed
High to Moderate wind speed is normal phenomenon in the region because area is coastal belt. Throughout the
year wind speed remains between 1-19 Kmph*. It was observed between 20 – 61 Kmph also during summer
period. The calm condition was mostly not observed.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-5: Monitoring methodology of meteorological data

Total Sample Collection & Analysis
S. Sampling Sampling
Env. component sampling Field Analytical Detection Method
no. location frequency Parameters Sensitivity
period instrument instrument limit
Temperature Thermometer Data Logger 1 °C -40 to +60 oC USEPA 421
Relative
Hygrometer Data Logger 1% 0-100% “
Humidity
Post Wind 0 to 200

Wind Speed Data Logger 0.1 km/hr “
Monsoon, Anemometer km/hr
Micro- 01 24-hour data
2017-18
1. Meteorological collection with
Location (16th Oct’17
Data hourly reading 0 to 359
to 15th Jan’ Wind Direction Wind Vane Data Logger 3 degrees “
degrees
2018)
Rainfall Rain Gauge Data Logger - 1 mm “
Cloud Cover Visual - - -

Wind Direction
Table 3-6: Wind regime as per IMD long-term data – Surat station
Wind blow from
Season Month Hours
1 Predominant
st
2nd Predominant 3rd Predominant
I N NE NW
January
II NW N NE
Winter
I N NE NW
February
II NW N W
I N NE / NW S / SW
March
II NW SW / W N
I SW S N
Summer April
II SW W NW
I SW W S
May
II SW W S
I SW W S
June
II SW S W
I SW W S
July
II SW W S
Monsoon
I SW W NW/S
August
II SW W S
I SW W NW/S
September
II SW W S
I SE NE E
October
II SW/NW W N/NE
I NE E N
Post Monsoon November
II NW NE N
I NE N E
December
II NW N NE
I SW NE N
Annual
II SW NW W
I Morning hours
II Evening hours
Cloud cover
Cloud cover variation was observed in each season. In winter season cloud cover ranges between 0.8 – 0.9 Oktas,
which indicates very low cloud cover.
In summer cloud cover was ranges between 2.6 – 0.7 Oktas, in monsoon it was 3.5 – 6.3 Oktas which is maximum
cloud cover due to monsoon period.
In post monsoon season cloud cover range were between 1.1 – 2.0 Oktas, which was observed higher than winter
and summer seasons.
Rainfall
Annual total rainfall was recorded 1202.8 mm. season wise distribution include, 1.8 mm in winter, while 4.5 mm in
summer, 1147.1 mm in monsoon and 49.5 mm in post monsoon. It was observed that, 95% rainfall was in
monsoon season.

Meteorological Data for Study Period
The secondary meteorological data for Surat IMD station were purchased for 1 st October 2017 to 31st January 2018
i.e. Post-monsoon season. The summary table for met data from 16th October, 2017 to 15th January, 2018 is
presented in Table 3-7. This table includes monthly maximum, minimum and average information based on
provided 8 hourly meteorological data per day at three hours intervals from office of IMD-Ahmedabad.
Table 3-7: Summary Table for IMD Surat Station (16th October, 2017 to 15th January, 2018)
Temp (ºC) R.H (%) Wind Speed (KMPH) Cloud (Okta) Rain (mm)
Month & Year
Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg. Total
October, 2017 36.6 19.4 28.8 95 21 64 10 0 2 5 0 1 0.0
November, 2017 35.4 18.8 26.1 89 17 55 14 0 3 7 0 0 0.0
December, 2017 32.6 16.0 23.3 98 21 61 22 0 5 8 0 2 12.9
January, 2018 34.0 14.8 23.6 87 24 55 12 0 4 0 0 0 0.0
The wind rose diagram for the wind data for Surat IMD station is shown as Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4: Surat IMD Station - Windrose Diagram – 16th Oct, 2017 to 15th January, 2018

Primary data collection and review
Micrometeorological data collected at Nand niketan shopping centre of EBTL at Hazira, Surat about 5 km from
project site in the North direction within study area. Table 3-8 shows the met station location details.
Table 3-8: Meteorological Data Collection Station
S. Meteorological Coordinates
Station Distance
data collection Direction Rationale
No. Code (Lat. & Long.) Km
Station
Nand Niketan 21° 7' 46.85" N To collect Micro-meteorological
1 M001 North ~5.12
Shopping Centre 72° 39' 19.84" E Data within study area
Refer Table 3-5 for methodology, selected parameters and frequency of data collection.
Key findings
Data analysis and observations

Summary micrometeorological data for 16th Oct, 2017 to 15th Jan, 2018 for EBTL is shown in Table 3-9.
Table 3-9: Summary micrometeorological data for Post-monsoon

Post-monsoon season, 2017-18
Parameter Unit
Max Min Average
Temperature o
C 37.0 14.0 27.7
Humidity % 98 23 44
Wind Speed Kmph 21.6 0.0 4.8
1st Predominant 2nd Predominant 3rd Predominant
Wind Direction Wind Blowing From
ENE NE NNE
Cloud Cover Oktas 8 0 1
Rainfall mm 0.0 0.0 0.0
The data obtained has been compiled to obtain average data. Compiled mean meteorological data are shown in
Table 3-10.
Specific observations are as follows:
Temperature
Post-monsoon season (Oct – Dec ‘2017) extreme maximum temperature was recorded 37.0 °C and extreme
minimum temperature was recorded 14.0 °C with average temperature reading observed 27.7 °C.
Humidity
Post-monsoon season (Oct – Dec ’2017) average humidity was recorded 42 %. The extreme maximum humidity
was recorded 90.0 % and extreme minimum humidity was 23% during season.
Wind speed
In post-monsoon season (Oct-Dec’17) mean average wind speed was recorded 10.4 Kmph. The extreme maximum
was recorded 39.6 Kmph and extreme minimum was 3.6 Kmph for the season.
Rainfall
During the study period, rain-gauge was kept and there was no rainfall.

Cloud cover
Cloud cover observation, cloud cover 1 Oktas was observed in post-monsoon season.
Table 3-10: Hourly average site specific meteorological data

Wind
Time Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Direction Cloud cover Rainfall
Speed
Hrs °C % m/s Wind blowing From Oktas mm
0 26.0 51 1.2 NE 1 0
1 26.3 51 1.3 NE 1 0
2 25.4 51 1.3 NE 1 0
3 25.1 50 1.4 ENE 1 0
4 25.5 49 1.3 ENE 1 0
5 25.1 47 1.2 ENE 1 0
6 24.6 47 1.3 ENE 1 0
7 25.3 45 1.4 ENE 1 0
8 26.1 44 1.2 ENE 1 0
9 27.1 44 1.3 ENE 1 0
10 27.9 42 1.3 ENE 1 0
11 29.3 40 1.4 ENE 1 0
12 31.3 37 1.4 SE 1 0
13 30.7 38 1.3 SE 1 0
14 30.7 38 1.2 SE 1 0
15 31.7 37 1.3 NW 1 0
16 30.7 39 1.3 NW 1 0
17 29.5 41 1.5 NW 1 0
18 29.0 43 1.3 NW 1 0
19 28.5 43 1.3 NW 1 0
20 27.3 45 1.4 NW 1 0
21 27.0 47 1.4 WSW 1 0
22 27.2 47 1.4 WSW 1 0
23 26.5 49 1.4 WSW 1 0
Average 27.7 44 1.3 ENE 1 0
Overall during post monsoon season compiled mean average daily temperature remains below 28 oC, humidity
remains above 44%, wind speed was 1.3 m/s mostly from ENE direction. There was low cloud cover and rainfall
was not recorded in the season.

Figure 3-5: Windrose Diagram for Post-monsoon Season 2017, EBTL Hazira (16th Oct, 2017 to 15th Jan,
2018)
Comparison between the primary Met data collected within study area and Surat IMD station
Site specific meteorological data is compared with secondary IMD Surat station data and are represented from
Table 3-11 to Table 3-14. The graphical presentation of Meteorological parameters for comparison of average
data are shown from Figure 3-6 to Figure 3-9.

Table 3-11: Temperature (°C) during Study Period

Surat, IMD Site specific
Month & Year
Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg.
October, 2017 36.6 19.4 28.8 37.0 25.0 31.1
November, 2017 35.4 18.8 26.1 35.0 23.0 28.6
December, 2017 32.6 16.0 23.3 34.0 14.0 25.6
January, 2018 34.0 14.8 23.6 33.0 19.0 26.3
Figure 3-6: Comparison of Average Temperature (°C)
Table 3-12: Relative Humidity (%) during Study Period

Month & Year
October, 2017 95 21 64 89 27 52
November, 2017 89 17 55 67 24 39
December, 2017 98 21 61 98 23 45
January, 2018 87 24 55 82 26 46
Figure 3-7: Comparison of Average Relative Humidity (%)

Table 3-13: Wind speed (KMPH) during study period

Month & Year
October, 2017 10.0 0.0 1.9 10.8 0.0 4.2
November, 2017 14.0 0.0 2.9 14.4 0.0 4.0
December, 2017 22.0 0.0 4.8 21.6 0.0 6.0
January, 2018 12.0 0.0 4.0 10.8 0.0 4.4
Figure 3-8: Comparison of Average Wind Speed (KMPH)
Table 3-14: Cloud Cover (Oktas) during Study Period

Month & Year
October, 2017 5 0 1 5 0 1
November, 2017 7 0 0 4 0 0
December, 2017 8 0 2 8 0 2
January, 2018 0 0 0 0 0 0
Figure 3-9: Comparison of average cloud cover (Oktas)

3.5.3 Ambient air quality
As the EBTL is a large scale multifaceted development activity and is expected to release air pollutants in the local
air shed. Consequently, a detailed and well defined monitoring system was followed for its baseline assessment.
General study methodology
The methodology for the air pollution and air quality management has been presented in conjunction with the same
already presented for meteorology in Section 3.5.1.
3.5.4 Parameters monitored and methods
It is development of LNG terminal project which mainly handling materials. There is no source of pollution from any
production. Of course there is source of pollution from running vehicles which are mainly involved in transportation
of materials. The pollutants monitored were PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, O3, Benzene, VOC (as BTX), NH3, Pb, As, Ni, HCs
(as methane) and CO.
AAQM monitoring was finalised as per IS 5182 methods mainly for selection of sampling locations. The sampling
methodology is given in Table 3-5 and detailed monitoring locations are in Figure 3-3.

Table 3-15: Methodology for ambient air quality monitoring

Sample Collection & Analysis
S. Env. Sampling Total Sampling Sampling
Field Analytical Detection Method
No. Component location Period Frequency Parameters Sensitivity
Instrument Instrument Limit
Respirable Dust Electronic 10.0 IS: 5182: Part

PM10
Sampler balance 0.01 mg µg/m3 23, with cyclone
CPCB Guideline
Respirable Dust Electronic volume -1
PM2.5 0.01 mg 2.0 µg/m 3
Sampler balance (Gravimetric
method)
Impinger Module IS: 5182:
Spectro-
SO2 with control valve 0.001 nm 3.75 µg/m3
photometer Part 2 (2001)
& Flow Meter
Impinger Module IS: 5182:
Spectro-
NOx with control valve 0.001 nm 6 µg/m3
photometer Part 6 (2006)
& Flow Meter
24 –hour
Post-monsoon’ Impinger Module IS 5182 (Part
8 sample Spectro-
Ambient Air 2017-18 collection O3 with control valve 0.001 nm 1 µg/m3 9): 1974 (RA –
1 (Eight) photometer
& Flow Meter 2014)
Quality (16th Oct, 2017 to twice a week
Locations 15th January, 2018) at each Charcoal tube IS 5182 (Part
Gas
station Benzene attached with - 1 µg/m3 11): 2006 (RA –
Chromatography
sampler 2017)
LAB-SOP-109;
Impinger Module
Spectro- Issue No. 01,
NH3 with control valve - 10 µg/m 3
photometer Issue date:-
& Flow Meter
01.07.2015
IS 5182 (Part
Respirable Dust
Pb AAS 0.0001 nm 1 µg/m3 22): 2004 (RA –
Sampler
2014)
LAB-SOP-114
Respirable Dust Issue no.:01
As AAS - 3.5 ng/m 3
Sampler Issue Date:
01.07.2015

Sample Collection & Analysis

S. Env. Sampling Total Sampling Sampling
Field Analytical Detection Method
No. Component location Period Frequency Parameters Sensitivity
Instrument Instrument Limit
LAB-SOP-113
Respirable Dust Issue no.: 01
Ni AAS - 14 ng/m3
Sampler Issue Date:
01.07.2015
24 –hour
sample
VOC Charcoal tube IS 5182 (Part
collection Gas
2. attached with - 1 µg/m3 11): 2006 (RA –
once a week (as BTX) Chromatography
sampler 2017)
at each
station
Grab sample
collection IS 5182 (Part
HC as Tedler Bags & Gas 0.327
3. once a week - 17) : 1979 (RA
Methane Pump Chromatograph mg/m3
at each 2003)
station
1 hour
sample
IS 5182 (Part
collection Tedler Bags & Gas 0.57
4. CO - 10): 1999 (RA
once a week Pump Chromatograph mg/m3
2009)
at each
station

Secondary data collection and review
Referred the secondary data from the EIA report for development of multi-cargo port with supporting utilities
proposed by M/s. Adani Hazira Port Private Limited with baseline study done in April-May-June, 2011. The Ambient
air quality results are shown in Annexure 9.
Primary data collection and review
Selection of monitoring locations with rationale

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring stations were selected on the basis of local climate conditions mainly wind direction
patterns, land use pattern, sensitivity and approach. Eight AAQM stations were selected which include base station,
upwind stations, downwind stations and crosswind stations as per wind regime. These stations were located within
rural settlements as well as in consideration of other important features of the study area.
Details of monitoring locations and rationale is given in Table 3-16.
Table 3-16: Ambient air quality monitoring locations

S. Station Coordinates Distance
AAQM Station Direction Rationale
No. Code (Lat. & Long.) Km
At Proposed 21° 5'8.06"N
1 AA01 Base 0.0 Base Station
project Site 72°39'22.82"E
21°10'2.82"N Crosswind station having rural
2 AA02 Sunvali Village NNW 8.60
72°38'25.96"E habitation and agriculture land.
21°10'36.18"N Crosswind station having rural
3 AA03 Mora Village North 9.49
21° 5'14.24"N Upwind direction near reserve
4 AA04 Nikko Area West 1.80
72°38'24.44"E forest
21° 6'3.97"N Crosswind station in the nearest
5 AA05 Hazira Village NW 1.74
72°38'36.52"E habitation within industrial area
21° 8'59.03"N Crosswind station having rural
6 AA06 Junagam Village NW 6.80
Nandniketan 21° 7'43.84"N 1st Predominant upwind station
7 AA07 area (Essar NNW 4.23 having Industrial area,
Township) 72°38'58.53"E Habitation.
2nd predominant upwind station
21° 5'52.74"N having semi urban habitation
8 AA08 Dumas Village East 4.82
72°42'13.69"E with commercial as well as
agriculture land use.
Photograph 3-2: Ambient air sampling
At Site At Hazira Village

At Binor Work Shop At Niko Area

Key findings & results
Table 3-17: Summary air quality data (Post-monsoon Season)

Average Pollutant Average Pollutant Conc.
Unit of Average Concentration Average Pollutant Concentration µg/m3
Concentration ng/m3 mg/m3
Station Code VOC HC as
Pollutants PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX Benzene O3 NH3 Pb As Ni CO
(BTX) Methane
Duration (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (8 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (Grab) (1 hr)
Detection Limit < 10.0 < 2.0 < 3.75 < 6.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 10.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 3.5 < 14.0 < 0.327 < 0.5
National Ambient Air Industrial, Residential, Rural and
100 60 80 80 5 100 400 1 NS 6 20 NS 4
Quality Standards by Other Area
Central Pollution Control
Board dtd. 18th Ecologically Sensitive Area
100 60 80 80 5 100 400 1 NS 6 20 NS 4
November'2009 (Notified by Central Govt.)
AA01 At site
Maximum 98 58 10.3 18.8 2.6 18.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.342 1.366
Minimum 59 22 4.2 13.1 1.1 9.8 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.243 1.220
Average 87 40 8.4 16.2 2.1 13.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.291 1.309
98 Percentile
th
98 55 10.3 18.7 2.6 17.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.341 1.364
AA02 Sunvali village
98th Percentile 86 48 12.0 21.8 2.9 17.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.338 1.210
AA03 Mora Village
AA04 Niko Area
98 Percentile
th
AA05 Hazira Village
AA06 Junagam Village
AA07 Nandniketan area (EssarTownship)
98 Percentile
th
AA08 Dumas Village

Average Pollutant Average Pollutant Conc.

Unit of Average Concentration Average Pollutant Concentration µg/m3
Concentration ng/m3 mg/m3
Station Code VOC HC as
Pollutants PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX Benzene O3 NH3 Pb As Ni CO
(BTX) Methane
Duration (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (8 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (Grab) (1 hr)
Detection Limit < 10.0 < 2.0 < 3.75 < 6.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 10.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 3.5 < 14.0 < 0.327 < 0.5
National Ambient Air Industrial, Residential, Rural and
100 60 80 80 5 100 400 1 NS 6 20 NS 4
Quality Standards by Other Area
Central Pollution Control
Board dtd. 18th Ecologically Sensitive Area
100 60 80 80 5 100 400 1 NS 6 20 NS 4
November'2009 (Notified by Central Govt.)
98 Percentile
th
Note: BDL = Below Detectable Limit

Inference
A comparison of the air quality results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB for Industrial, residential,
rural & other area indicates:
 At various locations, average concentration of PM10 was observed to be varying from 55 to 95 µg/Nm3.
Average concentration of PM10 levels are within the permissible limits for all locations.
 Average concentration of PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 20 to 40 µg/Nm3 which is less than the
permissible limits for all locations.
 Average concentration of SO2 levels was observed to be in the range of 8.4 to 9.3 µg/Nm3 which is within the
specified limit of CPCB.
 NOX levels were observed to be in the range of 16.1 to 17.8 µg/Nm3 which is within the specified limit of CPCB.
 CO levels were observed in the range of 1.046 to 1.311 mg/m3 which is within the specified limit of CPCB.
The date wise AAQ monitoring results are presented in Annexure 8 and National ambient Air Quality Standards,
2009 are shown in Annexure 7.
3.6 Traffic survey
Traffic survey is one of the important parameter to know the present traffic of the study area and help to determine
the carrying capacity of existing road due to the additional traffic due to the proposed project. The vehicle
movement has impact on ambient air. The pollution due to vehicular movement is known as line source. Vehicles
are of two types, passenger and commercial/goods vehicles. Passenger vehicles including Buses, Taxies and Jeeps
as well as commercial/goods vehicles including tankers, tankers and containers.
Traffic survey was carried out on important roads as well as site approach roads. Traffic survey is important study
helps to find existing traffic density on the roads and with reference to existing traffic study we can easily estimate
future increment in the vehicle numbers as well as pollution levels due to proposed project.
3.6.1 Road identification
The road considered for traffic survey is main approach road from Mora to Hazira which is national highway no. NH-
64. There is movement of heavy vehicles during day time for transport of goods from various industries in the area.
3.6.2 Methodology
Traffic survey was carried out on both sides (up & down) on selected important road. Vehicles were classified into
two types i.e. mechanized and non-mechanized vehicles.
The mechanized vehicles include two wheelers (bikes/mopeds/scooters), three wheelers (rickshaw/small 3 w
tempos), four wheelers (cars/jeeps/tankers/buses/tractors etc.). The non-mechanized vehicles includes
cycle/tricycle/carts.
Vehicle count was recorded at every 15 min interval for 14 hours, from early morning at 6:00hrs to late evening up
to 20:00 hrs. The table below represents the total no. of vehicles over 14 hour duration.

Photograph 3-3: Traffic survey photographs
Nr EBTL Gate (Towards Hazira) Nr EBTL Gate (Towards Mora)
Table 3-18: Existing traffic- (8:00 to 18:00 hrs)

Fast vehicles Slow vehicles
4 Total
Stn. Name of Traffic 2W 3W 4W 2W 3W
W
no. the road flow
2- Tanke Ca
Auto Car Bus Tractor Bicycle Tricycle
Wheelers r rts
Mora - up 72 41 57 67 18 17 0 0 0 272
TS01
Hazira down 78 22 39 39 28 8 0 0 0 214
Note: up - From Mora, down – Towards Mora
Table 3-19: Existing traffic: PCU/Hour on NH 64 which is main approach road to site (Mora – Hazira
stretch)
Sampling Point TS01
Road Mora - Hazira
Equivalent
Types of vehicle No. of vehicles PCU PCU/Hour
factor*
Fast Vehicles
Two Wheelers Motor Cycle or scooter
150 0.75 113 11
etc
Passenger car, pick-up van 96 1.0 96 10
Auto-rickshaw 63 2.0 126 13
Light Commercial Vehicle 15 2.0 30 3
Tanker or Bus 137 3.7 507 51
Agriculture Tractor Trailor 25 5.0 125 13
Slow Vehicles
Cycles 0 0.5 0 0
Carts 0 2.0 0 0
Cycle Rickshaw 0 2.0 0 0
Total 486 - 996 100
Equivalent Factor* - based on percentage composition of vehicle type in traffic stream (10% and above as per IRC:
106-1990 & IRC 64:1990)
Table 3-20: Additional vehicles movement due to proposed project traffic

Type of vehicle No. of vehicles Equivalent factor PCU PCU / Hour
Fast vehicles
Tankers 270 3.7 999 100
Total 270 3.7 999 100

Table 3-21: Total Incremental traffic due to existing and proposed project
Type of vehicle No. of vehicles Vehicles/Hour PCU PCU / Hour
Fast vehicles
Existing 486 49 996 100
Proposed 270 27 999 100
Total 756 76 1995 200
As per the IRC: 106-1990, type of carriageway is 2-Lane (Two-Way) and design service volume for this road is
considered under category Arterial and PCU per hour 1500.
The calculated PCUs per hour are 200, well within recommended design service volume (PCU/Hour) by IRC.
3.7 Surface water quality
Kadam Environmental Consultants has collected the surface water samples and carried out their analysis in KEC
laboratory to assess quality of Surface water within 10 km radius of the project site boundary.
The objectives of work are as mentioned below:
 Marking of tentative sampling location on Land Use map within 10 km radius of the project site.
 Actual Field visit and identification, marking of actual sampling location points based on tentative location fixed
on Land Use map
 Collection of surface water samples using grab sampling technique
 Analysis of the collected samples as per their end use
 Locating actual sampling points in land use map
 Baseline Environmental conditions assessment based on analysis results obtained.
3.7.2 Analysis method adopted for water quality
Surface and Ground water samples are collected using manual grab sampling technique.
Two surface water samples were collected from the study area. The other water body also covered in 7 km radius
but these are dry due to less monsoon. The sampling location map of surface water is also shown in Figure 3-3.
Table 3-22: Analysis methods adopted for surface water samples

Minimum detection
S. No Parameters Methodology
limit
1 pH APHA: 4500-H+ B(23rd Edition), Electrometric method 2
3 Temperature APHA: 2550 B (23rd Edition), Standard Thermometer 0.5 Deg C
4 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (23 Edition), Nephelometric Method
rd
0.1 NTU
5 TDS APHA: 2540C (23 Edition), Gravimetric
rd
3 mg/l
6 Electrical conductivity APHA: 2510 B (23 Edition), Conductivity meter
rd
1 µmho/cm
7 COD APHA: 5220 B(23 Edition), Open reflux method
rd
5 mg/l
8 BOD IS: 3025(part-44):1993 (RA 2014) Iodometric 2mg/l
9 Chlorides APHA:4500-Cl- B (23 Edition), Argentometric method
rd
1.0 mg/l
10 Phenol APHA: 5530-D (23rd Edition), Direct photometric Method 0.001 mg/l
11 Sulphates APHA:4500-E as SO4 2-(23rd Edition), Turbidimetric method 1 mg/l
12 Total Hardness APHA: 2340-C (23 Edition), EDTA Titrimetric method
rd
2 mg/l
13 Ca++ Hardness APHA: 3500-Ca-B (23 Edition) EDTA Titrimetric method
rd
2 mg/l

Minimum detection
S. No Parameters Methodology
limit
14 Mg++ Hardness APHA: 3500-Mg-B (23rd Edition), By calculation 2 mg/l
15 Total Alkalinity APHA: 2320 B (23 Edition), Titration method
rd
5 mg/l
16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34)1988 (RA 2014), 3.3 colorimetric method 0.1 mg/l
17 Nitrite IS:3025 (part-34)1988 (RA 2014) 0.05 mg/l
18 Fluoride APHA:4500 F-D(23 Edition),SPANDS method
rd
0.05 mg/l
APHA:3500 Na-B (23rd Edition), Flame emission Photometric
19 Sodium 1 mg/l
method
APHA: 3500 K-B (23rd Edition) Flame emission Photometric
20 Potassium 1 mg/l
method
21 Calcium APHA: 3500-Ca-B (23rd Edition) EDTA Titrimetric method 2 mg/l
22 Magnesium APHA: 3500-Mg-B (23 Edition), Calculation method
rd
2 mg/l
23 Salinity APHA: 2520 B (23 Edition), Electrical Conductivity method
rd
-
24 Total Nitrogen APHA: 4500 N Org-B, (23 Edition), Macro Kjeldahl method
rd
0.05 mg/l
25 Total Phosphorous APHA: 4500 P-C (23rd Edition), Colorimetric method 0.02 mg/l
26 Dissolved Oxygen APHA: 4500 O-C(23rd Edition), Iodometric method 0.2 mg/l
27 Ammonical Nitrogen IS:3025(part-34), 1988 (RA 2014), Distillation & colorimetric 0.05 mg/l
28 SAR Flamephotometric& EDTA method -
29 Heavy Metals - -
APHA: 3500-As-B (23 Edition) Silver diethyldithiocarbamate
rd
a Arsenic (as As) 0.01 mg/l
method/APHA: 3114-B (23rdEdition) AAS
b Cadmium (as Cd) APHA: 3111-B (23rd Edition) AAS 0.003 mg/l
c Chromium (as Cr) APHA: 3500-Cr-B(23 Edition), colorimetric method
rd
0.02 mg/l
APHA: 3500-Cu-B (23 Edition) Neocuproine method/ APHA:
rd
d Copper (as Cu) 0.03 mg/l
3111- B (23rdEdition) AAS
e Cyanide (as CN) APHA: 4500 CN- D & E(23rdEdition) 0.03 mg/l
APHA: 3500-Fe-B (23rd Edition), Phenanthroline method/APHA:
f Iron (as Fe) 0.05 mg/l
3111-B (23rd Edition) AAS
g Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3111-B (23rdEdition) AAS 0.01 mg/l
IS 3025 (P-48): 1994 (RA 2014))/ APHA: 3112-B (23rd Edition)
h Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 mg/l
Cold vapour AAS method
APHA: 3500-Mn-B (23rd Edition) Persulphate method/ APHA:
i Manganese (as Mn) 0.02 mg/l
3111-B(23rdEdition) AAS
j Nickel (as Ni) APHA: 3111-B (23rd Edition) AAS 0.02 mg/l
k Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3111-B (23 Edition) AAS
rd
0.03 mg/
l Boron (as B) APHA: 4500 B-C (23 Edition), Carmine method
rd
0.05 mg/l
30 Total Coliform APHA: 9221-B (23rd Edition), Multiple Tube Fermentation Absent
31 Faecal Coliform APHA: 9221-E (23rd Edition), Multiple Tube Fermentation Absent
3.7.3 Primary data collection and review
Water samples were collected during the baseline study period for one season. Details of surface water sampling,
analysis results and observations of baseline water quality is given in further details.

3.7.4 Selection of monitoring locations with rationale
Surface water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use map, surface drainage pattern/ground
water flow direction & nearby site habitation in study area. The details of surface water sampling locations are
presented in Table 3-23.
Table 3-23: Details of surface water sampling locations

Date of Justification of
Code Location Source Latitude (N) Longitude (E)
sampling sample collection
Nr. EBTL Gate
Pond in nearest
SW 1 - Hazira Pond- 21.12.17 Pond 21° 05'55.43" 72°39'0.27"
habitation
1
Pond in nearest
SW 2 Hazira Pond-2 21.12.17 Pond 21° 06' 08.61" 72°38'45.76"
habitation
Habitation in study
SW 3 Sunvali Pond 21.12.17 Pond 21°10'27.69" 72°38'35.56"
area
Creek near
SW4 21.12.17 Creek 21° 04'43.16" 72°39'28.72" Nearest creek
Project Site
Creek near
SW5 21.12.17 Creek 21° 05'41.63" 72°42'10.90" Creek in study area
Dumas
Creek near
SW6 21.12.17 Creek 21° 09'50.68" 72°37'8.65" Creek in study area
Sunvali Beach
Photographs of surface water sampling locations are given in below:
Photograph 3-4: Photographs of surface water sampling locations
Creek nr. Project Site Nr. EBTL Gate- Hazira Pond
Hazira Village – Pond Sunvali Village - Pond

3.7.5 Key findings
Analytical results of the surface water /pond water samples are presented in below tables:
Table 3-24: Analysis results of surface water (Pond water)

SW1 SW2 SW3
Sr. Classification for Inland Surface Water
Parameters Unit Hazira Pond-1 Hazira Pond-2 Sunvali Pond
No.
A B C D E 21.12.17 21.12.17 21.12.17
1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 7.57 8.33 7.42
2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NS 4.2 3.8 4.6
3 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500.0 NS 1500.0 NS 2100 540 656 2812
4 Electrical Conductivity μmohs/cm NS NS NS 1000 2250 968 1145 4800
5 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NS NS 14 23 12
6 Color Pt.co 10 300 300 - - 15 15 15
7 Total Hardness mg/l 300 NS NS NS NS 290 300 460
8 Ca++ Hardness mg/l 200 NS NS NS NS 64 84 68
9 Mg++ Hardness mg/l 100 NS NS NS NS 226 216 392
10 Copper mg/l 1.5 NS 1.5 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
11 Iron mg/l 0.3 NS 50 NS NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
12 Manganese mg/l 0.5 NS NS NS NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
13 Chlorides(as CL) mg/l 250 NS 600 NS 600 194 243 1370
14 Sulphate mg/l 400 NS 400 NS 1000 35 49 67
15 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NS 50 NS NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
16 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - 0.69 0.57 0.64
17 Phenolic Compound mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005 NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
18 Free Ammonia mg/l NS NS NS 1.2 NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
19 Mercury mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
20 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 NS 0.01 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NS 0.2 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
22 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

SW1 SW2 SW3

Sr. Classification for Inland Surface Water
Parameters Unit Hazira Pond-1 Hazira Pond-2 Sunvali Pond
No.
A B C D E 21.12.17 21.12.17 21.12.17
23 Lead mg/l 0.1 NS 0.1 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Zinc mg/l 15 NS 15 NS NS <0.03 0.13 <0.03
25 Chromium mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 NS NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
26 Boron mg/l NS NS NS NS 2 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
27 Sodium Absorption Ratio mg/gm NS NS NS NS 26 2.53 2.41 16.65
28 otal Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 - - 2100 3300 1700
NS: Not Specified
Table 3-25: Analysis result of surface water (Sea/Creek) sample

At Project site Dumas Sunvali Beach
Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters Marine Outfalls
S. No. Parameters Unit
Creek Creek Creek
SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V
1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.0 to 9.0 7.65 7.30 6.79
Total Dissolved
2 mg/l 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.1 4.3 4.7
Oxygen
No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour
3 Colour and Odour - 5 5 5
No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour
4 Floating Matters mg/l None None None 10 NS None None None
None from
Sewage or
5 Suspended Solids mg/l NS NS NS NS 22 408 1005
Industrial
waste Origin
6 Turbidity NTU NS 30 30 NS NS 0.2 0.4 0.3
7 BOD mg/l NS 3 NS 5 NS 8 9 11
Oil and Grease
8 (including Petroleum mg/l 0.1 NS NS NS NS <0.4 <0.4 <0.4
Products)

At Project site Dumas Sunvali Beach

Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters Marine Outfalls
S. No. Parameters Unit
Creek Creek Creek
SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V
9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
10 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.02 <0.01 <0.01
11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 NS NS NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
Dissolved Iron (as
12 mg/l NS NS 0.5 NS NS 1.2 1.73 1.2
Fe)
Dissolved Manganese
13 mg/l NS NS 0.5 NS NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
( as Mn)
14 Faecal Coliform ml (MPN) NS 100/100 500/100 500/100 500/100 43 58 48
None except
Sludge Deposits,
for treated
Solid refuse floating
15 - NS NS NS NS Sewage and None None None
Solids, Oil Grease
Industrial
and Scum
waste Effluent
Ns: Not Specified
Classification of coastal/marine waters for designated best uses:
Class Designated Best Use

SW-I Salt
SW-II Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing
SW-III Industrial Cooling, Recreation (Non-contact) and Aesthetics
SW-IV Harbor
SW-V Navigation and Controlled Waste Disposal

3.7.6 Inference
Pond water
 BOD values are high at all locations may be due to manmade activities of washing and bathing, animal washing
in the ponds.
 DO observed low at SW2 location.
 Parameters such as TDS, Chlorides and Hardness are found to be high at SW3 which might be due to salinity
ingress and geological formations containing magnesium and calcium deposits.
 The quality of SW2 & SW3 can be compared with class E and quality of SW1 can be compared with class D as
per classification of inland surface water.
Creek water
 The quality of creek water can be compare with class SW-V as per classification of coastal water marine outfall.
3.8 Noise environment
This section presents the baseline condition ofambient noise quality to monitor the noise level at a particular site for
future assessment of noise quality during the various development activities.
The methodology for the assessment of the baseline noise quality includes identification of locations for monitoring
after field survey, monitoring of noise levels in the locations for particular time period and frequency and analysis of
results. The method for sampling analysis and testing is given in Table 3-26.
Table 3-26: Methodology of sample analysis and testing

Sample collection
Env. Sampling Sampling Sampling
Methodology Sampling Detection
component location frequency parameter
equipment limit
Once during
the study
7 (Hourly Noise Level Decibels –
Ambient Noise IS 9989 : 1981 0.1 dB (A)
Locations reading for 24 Meter dB (A)
hours at each
location)
The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given in Table 3-27.
Table 3-27: Ambient air quality standards in respect of noise for different areas/zones
Ambient Air Quality Standards in Area Limits in dB(A) Leq*
Category
respect of NOISE code Day Time Night Time
A Industrial 75.0 70.0
The Noise Pollution B Commercial 65.0 55.0
(Regulation And Control) Rules, 2000 C Residential 55.0 45.0
D Silence 50.0 40.0
Note: Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM
dB(A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human
hearing.

Locations for noise monitoring were identified by desktop study and locations were fixed during field survey at 5 km
maximum from the source of noise generation and at sensitive locations ambient noise monitoring. The locations
selected for ambient noise quality monitoring are presented in Table 3-28 and shown in Figure 3-3.
Table 3-28: Ambient noise quality monitoring locations

Distance between
Station Noise monitoring Category of nearest boundaries Direction w.r.t. Lat/Long of noise
code locations area / zone w.r.t. project site in project site monitoring location
Km
Nr Binor Work Shop 21° 04' 22.52" N
NL01 Industrial - -
Area 72° 39' 25.02" E
21° 05' 13.15" N
NL02 Nr Safety Office Industrial - -
72° 39' 25.58" E
21° 05' 52.71" N
NL03 Nr Main Gate Industrial 1.34 NW
72° 39' 4.44" E
21° 06' 3.97" N
NL04 Hazira Village Residential 2.09 NW
72° 38' 36.52" E
21° 05' 16.71" N
NL05 Nikko Village Industrial 1.65 West
72° 38' 27.95" E
21° 07' 4.39" N
NL06 Santushti Office Industrial 3.43 North
72° 39' 25.59" E
21° 05' 52.74" N
NL07 Dumas Village Residential 5.02 NE
72° 42' 13.69" E
Photograph 3-5: Ambient noise analysis photographs
At Project Site Near Main Gate of EBTL
At Hazira Village At Dumas Village

3.8.3 Key findings
The average noise levels are presented in Table 3-29.
Table 3-29: Average ambient noise monitoring results

Average Noise
CPCB limits in dB (A)
Location levels in dB (A)
Location Date Category
code Day Night
Night Time Day Time
Time Time
NL01 Nr Binor Work Shop Area 21.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 58.6 52.0
NL02 Nr safety office 21.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.5 56.9
NL03 Nr Main gate 18.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 66.4 49.9
NL04 Hazira village 20.12.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 56.8 45.8
NL05 Nikko Village 20.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.2 56.9
NL06 Santushti Office 18.12.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 54.8 43.7
NL07 Dumas village 22.12.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.8 46.7
3.8.4 Site observations and inference
Based on the noise monitoring carried out at 7 monitoring locations, following observations are made:
 All the noise level monitoring locations are located within or in the vicinity of industrial areas and major
transport road.
 The cumulative noise from operation of various industries and operation of transport vehicles causes increase
in ambient noise levels in the residential areas.
 At five Industrial locations, noise readings observed were within the limits of CPCB while at two Residential
locations, noise readings observed were slightly higher than the CPCB limits.
 In Hazira village, the ambient noise levels were observed to slightly exceeding the permissible limits, which is
mainly because of transport vehicular movement and surrounding industrial activities.
 In Dumas village, effect of industry noise was not observed during the site visit made. Intermittent noise from
the industries was observed. The ambient noise level in the village was slightly exceeding the permissible limits
during night time, however, this may be attributed to local commercial and transportation activities in early
morning and late night hours.
3.9 Geology & Hydrogeology
Collection of existing maps and data
 District Resource Map, (Survey of India)

 CGWB reports
 State Groundwater report
 IMD data
 Land-use maps
 Google Earth and/or Topographic maps (drainage patterns, water bodies, topography, morphology and
vegetation cover)
The integrated study of above maps leads to identification of specific issues related to geology and its effect on
topography, morphology, drainage pattern and groundwater. It further gives an idea about water quality i.e.
soluble salts. It further explains relation between surface and ground water.

Based on these inferences field visit, observation points and sampling locations are decided and acted upon. In
some cases, non-invasive geophysical techniques are selected and data is correlated with surface features as well
as with project requirement.
Ground water monitoring methodology
The water quality has been analysed using the following methodology for groundwater and is given inTable 3-30.
The grab samples were manually collected and analysed as per APHA Standard Methods (23rd Edition, 2017) for the
parameters given in the EIA Manual of MoEF&CC (September 2006).
Table 3-30: Ground water analysis methodology

Minimum detection
S. no. Parameters Methodology
limit
1 pH APHA: 4500-H+ B(23rdEdition), Electrometric method 2
2 Temperature APHA: 2550 B (23rdEdition), Standard Thermometer 0.5 Deg C
3 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (23rdEdition), Nephelometric Method 0.1 NTU
4 Colour APHA: 2120 B (23rdEdition), Visual comparison Method 1 Pt-Co
5 TDS APHA: 2540C (23 Edition), Gravimetric
rd
3 mg/l
6 Electrical conductivity APHA: 2510 B (23rdEdition), Conductivity meter 1µmoh/cm
7 COD APHA: 5220 B(23rdEdition), Open reflux method 5 mg/l
8 BOD IS: 3025(part-44):1993 (RA 2014) Iodometric 2mg/l
9 Chlorides APHA:4500-Cl- B (23rdEdition), Argentometric method 1.0 mg/l
10 Phenol APHA: 5530-D (23rdEdition), Direct photometric Method 0.001 mg/l
11 Sulphates APHA:4500-E as SO4 2-(23rdEdition), Turbidimetric method 1 mg/l
12 Total Hardness APHA: 2340-C (23 Edition), EDTA Titrimetric method
rd
2 mg/l
13 Ca++ Hardness APHA: 3500-Ca-B (23rdEdition) EDTA Titrimetric method 2 mg/l
14 Mg++ Hardness APHA: 3500-Mg-B (23 Edition), By calculation
rd
2 mg/l
15 Total Alkalinity APHA: 2320 B (23rdEdition), Titration method 5 mg/l
16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34)1988 (RA 2014), 3.3 colorimetric method 0.1 mg/l
17 Fluoride APHA:4500 F-D(23rdEdition),SPANDS method 0.05 mg/l
APHA:3500 Na-B (23rdEdition), Flame emission Photometric
18 Sodium 1 mg/l
method
19 Potassium APHA: 3500 K-B (23rdEdition) Flame emission Photometric method 1 mg/l
20 Calcium APHA: 3500-Ca-B (23 Edition) EDTA Titrimetric method
rd
2 mg/l
21 Magnesium APHA: 3500-Mg-B (23rdEdition), Calculation method 2 mg/l
22 Salinity APHA: 2520 B (23 Edition), Electrical Conductivity method
rd
-
23 Total Nitrogen APHA: 4500 N Org-B, (23rdEdition), Macro Kjeldahl method 0.05 mg/l
24 Total Phosphorous APHA: 4500 P-C (23rdEdition), Colorimetric method 0.02 mg/l
25 Dissolved Oxygen APHA: 4500 O-C(23rdEdition), Iodometric method 0.2 mg/l
26 Ammonical Nitrogen IS:3025(part-34), 1988 (RA 2014), Distillation & colorimetric 0.05 mg/l
27 SAR Flamephotometric& EDTA method -
28 Heavy Metals - -
APHA: 3500-As-B (23rdEdition) Silver diethyldithiocarbamate
a Arsenic (as As) 0.01 mg/l
method/APHA: 3114-B (23rdEdition) AAS
b Cadmium (as Cd) APHA: 3111-B(23rdEdition) AAS 0.003 mg/l
c Chromium (as Cr) APHA: 3500-Cr-B(23rdEdition), colorimetric method 0.02 mg/l
APHA: 3500-Cu-B (23 Edition) Neocuproine method/ APHA: 3111-
rd
d Copper (as Cu) 0.03 mg/l
B (23rdEdition) AAS
e Cyanide (as CN) APHA: 4500 CN- D & E(23rdEdition) 0.03 mg/l
f Iron (as Fe) APHA: 3500-Fe-B (23 Edition), Phenanthroline method/APHA:
rd 0.05 mg/l

Minimum detection
S. no. Parameters Methodology
limit
3111-B(23rdEdition) AAS
g Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3111-B(23rdEdition) AAS 0.01 mg/l
IS 3025 (P-48): 1994 (RA 2014))/ APHA: 3112-B (23 Edition)
rd
h Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 mg/l
Cold vapour AAS method
APHA: 3500-Mn-B (23rdEdition) Persulphate method/ APHA: 3111-
i Manganese (as Mn) 0.02 mg/l
B(23rdEdition) AAS
j Nickel (as Ni) APHA: 3111-B(23rdEdition) AAS 0.02 mg/l
k Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3111-B(23rdEdition) AAS 0.03 mg/
l Boron (as B) APHA: 4500 B-C (23 Edition), Carmine method
rd
0.05 mg/l
29 Total Coliform APHA: 9221-B (23 Edition), Multiple Tube Fermentation
rd
Absent
30 Faecal Coliform APHA: 9221-E (23rdEdition), Multiple Tube Fermentation Absent
3.9.2 Secondary data Collection
Geological and hydrogeological conditions
The stratigraphic sequence as given by Geological Survey of India is given below:
Table 3-31: Geological succession

Lithology Formation Age
Spit/bar, tidal flat and shoal deposits Mahuva Formation
Coastal and Sand dunes Akhaj Formation
Holocene
Flood plain deposits Katpur Formation
Older tidal flats and marsh deposits Rann Clay Formation
Calcareous sandstone with Conglomerate
Jhagadia Formation Middle MiocenetoPliocene
and clay
Clay, Fossiliferous Marl, Limestone,
Kand Formation Lower Miocene
Sandstone, Siltstone and Conglomerate
Ferruginous sandstone, Clay and
Babaguru Formation
conglomerate
Bentonite Clay, Claystone, Sandstone Tarkeshwar Formation Lower EocenetoOligocene
Argillaceous limestone, clay with
Nummulite Formation LowertoUpper Eocene
Nummulites
Clay, sandstone, conglomerate Vagadkhol Formation Lower Eocene
Basic dikes, plug, Rhyolite, Basalt, Alkali
Deccan Volcanics Upper CretaceoustoEocene
Basalt
Sandstone, limestone and clay Bagh Formation MiddleToUpper Cretaceous
Seismicity in the study area
The project area is located in the western India. The proposed site is situated in the Zone III (having moderate risk
zone) of the Seismic Map of Gujarat shown in Figure 3-10.

Figure 3-10: Seismic map of Gujarat
Source: Seismic Map of Gujarat (Institute of Seismological Research, Govt. of Gujarat)
Topography
Hazira GIDC is located on west of Surat city on estuary of Tapi river Topographically the area is almost flat except
few mounds on which villages Sunvali, Rajgari and Mora are located. The area has a gentle slope toward west.
Drainage
The study area is drained by Tapi River flowing from North-East to South direction while Mindhola River flowing
from East to West direction. Both of them are engulfing into Gulf of Khambhat. Overall, the general ground gradient
is from North-East to South direction.

Figure 3-11: Surface drainage pattern in the study area
Ground water sampling locations
Ground Water samples were collected during the baseline study period for one season. Details of sampling, analysis
results and observations are given in further details:
Selection of monitoring locations with rationale

Ground water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use Map, drainage pattern and ground water
flow direction. The groundwater sampling locations are given in Table 3-32 and in Figure 3-3.
Table 3-32: Groundwater sampling locations

BW/Hand
Code Location Distance from Project Site in Km Direction w.r.t. Project Site
pump/Dug well
GW1 Hazira Village Bore well 2.80 North
GW2 Hazira Village Dug well 2.85 North
GW3 Sunvali Village Dug well 7.78 North
GW4 Mora Village Bore well 9.89 North
GW5 Vanta Village Dug well 9.09 NE
GW6 Vanta Village Bore well 9.09 NE
GW7 Dumas Village Dug well 6.88 NE

Photograph 3-6: Groundwater sampling photographs
DumasVillage (Dug well) Vanta Village (Dug well)
Hazira Village (Dug well) Vanta Village (Bore well)
Sunvali Village Hazira Village(Bore well)
3.9.4 Key findings
 Geologically, the entire area is covered with recent age alluvium deposits of marine origin mostly tidal flats.
Mounds at Mora and Sunvali villages are composed of very fine, friable, silt and sand.
 Groundwater samples were collected during site visit from nearby habitation. As per information received from
localized and well owners, ground water level within the surrounding area is at ~3-4 m bgl and total depth of
wells ranging from 7 to 10 m. The water is saline and only used for domestic purpose.
 During site visit, potable water found at Sunvali Village located on mounds, is floating water accumulated
during rainy season. These mounds are consisting of very fine loose silt which acts as an aquifer locally.
 Drinking water is supplied by tankers or pipe lines in most of the villages at vicinity of GIDC and SEZ area.
 The site & surrounding area is out flow area of Ukai Kakrapar Canal Command and being under canal irrigation,
apart from rainfall, seepage from canal network and return seepage from irrigation fields are the additional
recharge components to underneath groundwater aquifer. It is pertinent to mention that water quality of canal
water is very good as it being stored rainwater in reservoir and supplied through canal. This canal command is
being in operation almost since last five decades.

Table 3-33: Ground water sampling results

IS 10500 Standard
Limits for Drinking Groundwater Quality, Date of Sampling & Source
Sr. Water
Parameters Unit
no. Hazira Sunvali Vanta Vanta Dumas
Desirable Permissible Hazira Village Mora Village
Village Village Village Village Village
limit limit (Bore Well) (Bore Well)
(Dug Well) (Dug Well) (Dug Well) (Bore Well) (Dug Well)
1 pH pH Scale 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 8.15 7.49 7.38 7.22 7.45 7.65 7.14
2 Temperature ˚C NS NS 29 29.2 29.1 29.5 29.3 29.5 29.3
3 Turbidity NTU 5 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 2648 864 916 7620 456 1384 1620
Electrical
5 µmho/cm NS NS 4500 1456 1700 11800 745 2200 2700
Conductivity
6 COD mg/lit NS NS <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
7 BOD mg/lit NS NS <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2
8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 583 139 279 3297 139 232 604
10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 1014 302 117 499 21 442 220
11 Total Hardness mg/lit 300 600 130 270 500 1840 350 600 590
12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 40 134 322 1700 174 552 376
13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 90 136 178 140 176 48 214
14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 270 140 110 80 130 170 70
15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 100 5.8 6.7 58.8 5.6 4.6 2.4 3.3
16 Fluoride mg/lit 1.0 1.5 1.33 0.61 0.24 0.50 0.46 1.10 0.68
17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 351.2 78.8 128.6 1656 87.6 132.2 956.6
18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 9.2 4.2 12.2 20.1 9.4 6.8 6.8
19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 16.0 53.7 129.1 681.4 69.7 221.2 221.2
20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 21.9 33.1 43.3 34.0 42.8 11.7 11.7
21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 1050 251 502 5942 251 418 418
22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS 3.72 1.86 13.96 1.86 2.2 0.81 0.81
23 Total Phosphorus mg/lit NS NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

IS 10500 Standard
Limits for Drinking Groundwater Quality, Date of Sampling & Source
Sr. Water
Parameters Unit
no. Hazira Sunvali Vanta Vanta Dumas
Desirable Permissible Hazira Village Mora Village
limit limit (Bore Well) (Bore Well)
(Dug Well) (Dug Well) (Dug Well) (Bore Well) (Dug Well)
Dissolved
24 mg/lit NS NS 2.7 2.8 3.3 2.6 2.4 3.1 2.5
Oxygen
Ammonical
25 mg/lit NS NS 1.83 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.14 <0.05 <0.05
Nitrogen
SAR (Sodium
26 - NS NS 13.33 2.08 2.49 16.76 2.03 2.34 2.34
Absorption Ratio)
27 Heavy Metals mg/lit
a Arsenic (as As) mg/lit 0.05 NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/lit 0.01 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
Chromium (as
c mg/lit 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
Cr)
d Copper (as Cu) mg/lit 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
e Cyanide (as CN) mg/lit 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
f Iron (as Fe) mg/lit 0.3 1 0.09 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.11 <0.05
g Lead (as Pb) mg/lit 0.05 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
h Mercury (as Hg) mg/lit 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
Manganese (as
i mg/lit 0.1 0.3 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Mn)
j Nickel (as Ni) mg/lit - - <0.02 0.13 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
k Zinc (as Zn) mg/lit 5 15 <0.03 <0.03 0.10 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.09
28 Total Coliform MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
29 Faecal Coliform MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Inference
This coastal alluvium track near the sea coast comprises of alluvial formations. Ground water quality in these
coastal alluvial aquifer is highly saline i.e. aquifers are having inherent salinity.
Diluting as well as flushing/draining of saline groundwater out of aquifer is extremely slow process.
From the observation of chemical analysis of water sample it is inferred that the water quality of upper unconfined
aquifer is relatively good as compare lower aquifer. All conductivity values appear higher. Chloride is higher than
permissible limits in Hazira & Mora Village. Sulphate is higher than permissible limits in Hazira Village. Total
hardness is higher than permissible limits in Mora Village. The water quality of Hazira Village 2648 TDS and Mora
Village (Bore well water) having 7620 TDS. This variation in bore water quality can be attributed to variation in
leakage and consequent varying water quality dilution.
In case of Hazira dilution of chloride is 22% (Hazira) and 43% (Mora) of TDS.
Presence of nitrate 5.8 mg/l (Hazira) and 5.6 mg/l (Mora) in bore water supports likely leaky condition.
The Dug wells water samples yield relatively good quality water as these wells are located near surface water
bodies.
3.10 Soil Conservation
3.10.1 General study and methodology
The project area falls under South Gujarat Agroclimatic Zone (GJ-2) and Agro-ecological zone-21, characterized by
700-800 mm rainfall, 1-3 % soil slope and soil depth is >100 cm. The predominantly soils are heavy black (62.52
%), heavy black coastal (14.46 %) and sandy loam (23.12 %). The principal crops grown are cotton, paddy,
sugarcane, sorghum, wheat, pigeon pea and other pulses like Val and green gram. In the project area neither
vegetable are cultivated on large scale nor plantation crops. The irrigation is mainly through canal and open wells
as underground waters are saline due to proximity of sea in the project area. The cropping intensity is 117 %. The
farmers take rain fed cotton, sorghum, pigeon pea and wheat.
Sampling/Analysis methodology
Sampling methodology
A field visit conducted to study site-specific soil quality and condition includes soil colour, texture mineralogical
content, plasticity and any possible impact to the environmental setting due to project.
The locations for soil samples were done from the surrounding areas namely Soil-1 to Soil-07. The soil samples
from 0-15 cm depth were collected by using spade and pawada. The samples were homogenized and about 1 Kg
soil sample was collected in the polyethylene bag, labelled with sample ID which includes site numbers and project
name. The samples were brought to the laboratory for analysis of physical (porosity, water holding capacity,
permeability and particle size distribution) and chemical properties (cation exchange, electrical conductivity, sodium
adsorption ratio, pH, Ca, Mg, Na, K).
Table 3-34: Soil Analysis methodology

Sampling Parameters Sample collection Analytical Equipment Methodology Remarks
Porosity Manual sample - IS: 2720 Part 7
Trial pit method
Water holding capacity collection using Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK for topsoil sample
hammer and container
Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17 collection;
tube for collecting
disturbed samples
Moisture content undisturbed top soil. Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2

Sampling Parameters Sample collection Analytical Equipment Methodology Remarks

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4
Particle size Distribution Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4
IS: 2720 Part 24 5% Leachate to be
Cation Exchange Capacity Centrifuge
(1976) made and
F. Photometer (Na, K) analyzed as per
SAR Calculation APHA, “Standard
Titration ( Ca & Mg)
Methods”
pH pH Meter 4500 H+B All method
Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter As per IS 14767 -2000 numbers are as
Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B per APHA
“Standard
Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B Methods” (21st
Sodium (Na) F. Photometer 3500 Na B edition, 2005)
Potassium F. Photometer 3500 K B
3.10.2 Secondary data collection
EIA Report for proposed additional facility of 51 MW Captive combined cycle Power Plant at Hazira ONGC Gas
Processing Complex, Surat, Gujarat. (March, 2017).
In the above stated project ten soil samples were collected to evaluate soil quality, but we have selected only three
locations which are common. The soil porosity varied from 36.80-48.80 % and WHC from 37.63-62.13 %. The soil
texture was sand to clay and CEC ranged from 2.08-38.2 meq/100 g soil. The EC (0.37 to0.45 dS/m) and ESP (4.3
to 5.75) were well within the prescribed safe limit of < 0.8dS/m and 15.0, respectively. The pH narrowly varied
from 7.6-7.9. Among basic cations predominance of Ca (1.2 to 2.4 meq/100g) was seen followed by Na (0.17 to 1.5
meq/100 g), Mg (0.6 to1.6meq/100 g) and K (0.11 to0.25 meq/100 g). The soil fertility was poor as OC, Av. P2O5
and Av. K2O were <0.50 %, <28 kg/ha and <140 kg/ha, respectively.
Soils of the selected locations are normal from salinity (EC<0.8dS/m) and sodicity (pH <8.5 and ESP <15.0) view
points, but poor from soil fertility (low in OC, Av. P2O5 and Av. K2O) view point.
Table 3-35: Soil sampling locations

Coordinates
S. No. Station Code Sampling Location Source
Latitude Longitude
1 ST01 At site Natural 21° 05' 11.89" N 72° 39' 25.16" E
2 ST02 Hazira village Natural 21° 05' 50.59" N 72° 37' 40.04" E
3 ST03 Junagam village Agriculture 21° 09' 12.99" N 72° 38' 01.04" E
4 ST04 Sunvali village Agriculture 21°10' 27.49" N 72° 38' 30.92" E
5 ST05 Dumas village Agriculture 21° 05' 11.33" N 72° 42' 34.97" E
6 ST06 Vanta village Agriculture 21° 07' 29.69" N 72° 44' 08.02" E
Sampling Photographs are given as below.

Photograph 3-7: Soil sampling photographs
Soil Sampling – At site Soil Sampling – At Dumas Village
3.10.4 Key findings
Analysis Results are given in Table 3-36.
Table 3-36: Soil analysis results

S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
Sr. S1
Parameter Unit Hazira Junagam Sunvali Dumas Vanta
No At site
1 Porosity % 46 37 42 44 55 58
Water Holding
2 % 52.97 31.87 34.16 32.27 58.02 60.34
Capacity
3 Permeability mm/hr 17.14 41.40 37.80 35.10 21.13 10.08
4 Particle Size distribution
a Sand % 55.56 87.84 86.28 76.12 57.56 32.56
b Silt % 27.72 1.28 1.56 16.72 18.56 32.72
c Clay % 16.72 10.88 12.16 7.16 23.88 34.72
Loamy Sandy Clay
d Texture -- Loam Sand Sand Clay Loam
Sand Loam
Cation Exchange meq/100
5 21.1 17.7 18.9 15.98 23.08 24.12
capacity gm
Electrical
6 dS/m 0.452 0.325 0.370 0.407 0.648 0.528
Conductivity
Exchangeable
7 % 0.65 <0.1 <0.1 0.61 <0.1 0.28
Sodium
8 pH 9.26 7.84 8.28 8.42 7.90 8.12
9 Calcium g/kg 0.32 0.11 0.08 0.13 0.14 0.22
10 Magnesium g/kg 1.12 0.22 0.24 0.21 0.30 0.35
11 Sodium g/kg 0.98 0.26 0.25 0.46 0.23 0.48
12 Potassium g/kg 0.42 0.16 0.15 0.24 0.44 0.25
Soil quality
The analysis of physicochemical properties of soil samples collected from surrounding area indicated that porosity
ranged from 37 - 58 % and WHC varied from 31.87 – 60.34 %, while permeability ranged from 10.08 - 41.40
mm/hr. The CEC ranged from 15.98 – 24.12 meq/100g. The highest porosity and WHC and the moderately low
permeability was on account of sand to clay loam texture of soils. The EC (0.325 - 0.648 dS/m) and ESP (<0.1 –
0.65) were well within the safe limits of <0.8 dS/m and <15.0 %, respectively. The pH ranged from 7.84 – 9.26,
indicating that soils do pose a problem of sodicity as pH >8.5. Among water soluble cations predominance of Mg

(0.21 to 1.12 g/kg) was seen followed by sodium (0.23 to 0.98 g/kg), K (0.15 to 0.44 g/kg) and Ca (0.08 to 0.32
g/kg).
Interpretation
Soils in the surrounding areas are having sandy to clay loam texture having moderately low permeability and are
non-saline as EC<0.8 dS/m, but alkaline at the site as pH>8.5.
As compared to results of earlier study only variation was found in soil pH, which was mainly due to use of soil
which was transported for land filling at the site. The soil used for land filling needs to be made useful for
plantation by using gypsum or sulphur containing fertilizers like ammonium sulphate, elemental-S or any other
forms of sulphur to correct soil pH for better growth and development of green belt.
3.11 Ecology & Biodiversity
3.11.1 Development and biodiversity
Developmental activities in any given region must learn to respect the ecological integrity and biodiversity values of
concern region as these are going to be the determinants of environment quality as well as the sustainability of the
development interventions. Various industrial operations and associated activities may cause a big threat to the
environment, biodiversity in particular, in the absence of laws and regulations with regards to air and water
pollution, land degradation, and solid waste and wastewater dumping without management and treatment. With
determination and effort these unwanted consequences of development can be reduced substantially as we
progressively improve our technical and managerial skills for preventing and/or mitigating them. This clearly
vouches for a well-planned Environmental Impact Assessment. The biological environment is an important
component of the environment of any area. It includes flora & fauna in the region and also different
ecosystems/habitat types.
The present work describes a present status of floral and faunal components occur within the project study area
and also identification of threatened / rare species if any. The present work also envisaged to assess the likely
impacts of project activities and streamline the recommendations to assist minimizing the impact on biodiversity.
3.11.2 Study period
A field study for biodiversity inventory was carried out during August’17 (21.08.2017), December’17 (21.12.17) and
February’18 (19.02.18 & 20.02.18).
3.11.3 Scope, aim and objectives
 To inventories floral and faunal components of project area (project site /core zone and 10 km. radius / buffer
zone).
 To locate / demarcate and understand ecological setting of the project area in terms of national parks / wildlife
sanctuary / reserve forests / tiger reserve / Eco-sensitive Areas / wetlands etc. within 10 km. radius from
project site (if any).
 To inventories floral and faunal components of the project site/core zone and 10 km. radius / buffer zone
 To identify schedule-I, rare, endemic and endangered species within the project study area and prepare
conservation plan for same.
 To identify impact zone and evaluate the likely impact of the proposed project on floral and faunal components
of the project study area.
 To suggest / prepare action plan to mitigate likely impacts on the biodiversity of the project area through green
belt development around project boundary, along roads to reduce.

3.11.4 Study area
Delineation of the study area
Project site / Core zone and Buffer zone

Project site as a core zone and surrounding 10 km. radius considered as a buffer zone for study.
Sensitivity / habitats of the study area
Table 3-37: Sensitivity of study area

Name of
S. Sensitive Ecological Distance
feature / Direction Reason of Significance
No. Features (km)
Location
Ramsar wetland (Ramsar
1 No -- -- --
Convention)
Wetlands as per National
2 No -- -- --
Wetlands Atlas
3 National park No -- -- --
4 Wildlife sanctuary No -- -- --
5 Tiger reserve No -- -- --
6 Biosphere reserve No -- -- --
7 Elephant reserve No -- -- --
Important Bird Areas
8 No -- -- --
(IBAs)
Eco-sensitive zone (EP
9 No -- -- --
Act)
Forest (Forest
Conservation Act)
Reserved
10 (including protected Hazira RF
Forest (RF)
forests and reserved
forests)
11 Wildlife corridor No -- -- --
Tapi river estuary is adjacent to site and
Adjacent to
12 Coastal zones Yes Arabian Sea is <1 nautical miles from
Site
proposed site.
1. Mindhola
River
Estuary
2. Pond near
EBTL
3. Pond near
Hazira 1. 9.55 1. ESE
Village
Areas used by protected, 2. 1.49 2. NW
important or sensitive 4. Hazira -
Sunvali 3. 2.06 3. NW
species of flora or fauna
13 road 4. 4.05 4. NW --
for breeding, nesting,
foraging, resting, over (Behind 5. 9.82 5. N
wintering, migration Steel 6. 9.86 6. N
Plant)
7. 1.70 7. W
5. Mora
village
pond
6. Sunvali
village
pond
7. Hazira

Name of
S. Sensitive Ecological Distance
feature / Direction Reason of Significance
No. Features (km)
Location
Village
Reserve
Forest
14 Endemic species, if any No -- -- --
~0.6 from
proposed
project site
boundary Dense and sparse mangrove vegetation
15 Mangroves Yes And WSW which depends on tidal water influence of
~0.2 from Tapi estuary during highest high tide.
Existing EBTL
Port facility
boundary
Rivers/water bodies
Table 3-38: Details of water bodies in the buffer zone
S. No. River/Bandhara Distance from Project Site (km.) Direction
1 Tapi River Estuary 0.00 E
2 Mindhola River Estuary 9.55 ESE
3 Pond near EBTL 1.49 NW
4 Pond near Hazira Village 2.06 NW
5 Hazira - Sunvali road (Behind Steel Plant) 4.05 NW
6 Mora village pond 9.82 N
7 Sunvali village pond 9.86 N
Forests areas
Table 3-39: Details of forest areas in the buffer zone
S. No. Type of Forest Status Distance from Project Site (km.) Direction
1 Hazira Village Reserve Forest 1.70 W
2 Dumas Village Forest (Unprotected) 4.90 ENE
3 Vanta Village Forest (Unprotected) 6.38 NE
3.12 Methodology
3.12.1 Terrestrial
The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within the study area. The
sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable habitats within the study area. The special
emphasis has been made in the region which exist natural habitats. The methodology adopted for faunal survey
involve; faunal habitat assessment, random intensive survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation,
active search for reptiles, active search for scats and foot prints and review of previous studies. The aim was to set
baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the commencement of proposed activity. Emphasis has been
placed on presence of rare, endemic, migratory and threatened species, if any present in the study area. Desktop
literature review was conducted to identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and
ecological communities as listed by IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972. The status of
individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN category system.

3.12.2 Aquatic
Sampling was done according to the parameters considered for the present study of above referred communities.
Polyethylene bucket was used for sampling surface water for the estimation of phytoplankton cell count. Samples
were preserved in Lugol's iodine. Zooplankton samples were collected by passing known volume of water through
Heron Tranter net (mesh size 0.33 mm, mouth area 0.25 m2). After collection, samples were preserved in 5%
buffered formaldehyde.
Benthos samples were collected with the help of spatula and preserved in 5% formaldehyde solution and stained
with Rose Bengal solution. Total 6 benthos samples were collected from the bottom of different aquatic habitats
and analyzed for group identification, biomass, standing stock and abundance.
3.12.3 Terrestrial biodiversity status
Flora
Core zone / Project site

There is no flora at proposed project site.
Buffer zone
The list of floral species is prepared based on visual observation during site visit and through review of site
literatures and secondary data available with various government offices is referred for identifying rare or
endangered species in the region.
A total of 135 plant species are observed in the study area out of which 63 tree species, 29 shrubs species and 23
herbs species, 7 climber species, 6 twiners species and 7 grasses species are observed. Details pertaining to flora
observed in the study area have been collected from District Forest Department, District Gazetteer and Field
Observation.
Trees
Trees in study area are listed in Table 3-40.
Table 3-40: List of trees in the study area

S. no. Scientific name Local name Status
1. Acacia tortilis Israeli Baval C2
2. Acacia auticuliformis Bengali Baval C
3. Acacia catechu Khair C
4. Acacia leucophlea Aniyar C
5. Acacia nilotica Desi Baval C
6. Acacia leucophloea Aniyar, Rijiado C
7. Acacia nilotica Desi Baval C
8. Acacia senegal Gorad, Kumto C
9. Aegle marmelos Bili C
10. Annonasquamos Sitaphal C
11. Artocarpus heterophyllus Fanas C
12. Boswelliaserrata Gugal C
2
Common


13. Emblicaofficinalis Amla C
14. Ficusreligiosa Piplo C
15. Meliaazaderach BakamLimdo C
16. Sapinduslaurifolius Arithi C
17. Soymidafabrifuga Rayan C
18. Tectonagrandis Sag C
19. Terminaliacatappa Badam C
20. Albizialebbeck Siris C
21. Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar C
22. Cocsnucifera Nariel C
23. Carica papaya Papaya Cu
24. Cassia siamea Kashid C
25. Bauhinia racemosa Ashitro C
26. Azardirachtai ndica Limdo C
27. Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo C
28. Elaedendronroxburghii Alan C
29. Diospyrosmelanoxylon Timru C
30. Butea monosperma Khakhro C
31. Cassia fistula Garmalo C
32. Delonix elata Sandeshdo C
33. Cordial sp. Gunda/Gundi C
34. Delonix regia Gulmohar C
35. Eucalyptus sp. Nilgiri C
36. Ficus bengalensis Vad C
37. Mangifera indica Ambo C
38. Ficus religiosa Pipalo C
39. Gariga pinnata Kakad C
40. Grewiatiliae folia Dhaman C
41. Grewiatiliae folia Dhaman C
42. Morus alba Shetur C
43. Madhuca indica Mahudo C
44. Manilka rahexandra Rayan C
45. Oroxylum indicum Timru C
46. Putranjivaroxburghii Jetun C
47. Pterocarpusmarsupium Biyo C
48. Moringaconcanensis Sargwo C
49. Pithecellobium ducle GorasAmli C
50. Radermacheraxylocarpa Nagvel C
51. Tectona grandis Sag C
52. Wrightiatinctoria Dhudio C
53. Meliaazaderach BakanLimdo C
54. Pongomia pinnata Karanj C
55. Prosopis cineraria Khijado C
56. Sapindusemarginatus Aritha C
57. Prosopis juliflora GandoBaval C
58. Soymidafabrifuga Rohan C


59. Sygygiumcumunii Jambudo C
60. Tamarindusindica Amli C
61. Tremaorientalis Gora C
62. Zizyphusmauritiana Bor C
63. Zizyphusxylopyrus GhatBor C
Shrubs
Shrubs in study area are listed in Table 3-41.
Table 3-41: List of shrubs in the study area

S.no. Scientific name Local name Status
1. Cassia auriculata Aval C
2. Balanites aegyptica Ingorie C
3. Abelmoschus esculentus Bhindi C
4. Euphorbia tirucalli Kharsani C
5. Grewialenax Nagbala C
6. Mimosa hamata KasiBaval C
7. Cajanus cajan Tuver C
8. Triumftettta pentandra Zipti C
9. Fagoniacretica Bhango C
10. Mimosa hamata Kasibaval C
11. Solanumindicum UbhiRingani C
12. Mmaytenusemarginata Vico C
13. Zizyphusmummularia Chanibor C
14. Thespesiapopulnea Paras piplo C
15. Solanumindicum UbhiRingni C
16. Lantancamara Lantana C
17. Barleriaprionitis Kapas C
18. Barleriaprionitis Kapas C
19. Calotropis gigantea Akdo C
20. Cassia auriculata Aval C
21. Citrus limon Limbu C
22. Daturemetel Dhaturo C
23. Euphorbia sp. Thor C
24. Hibiscus sp. Jasud C
25. Lowsoniainermis Mendi C
26. Neriumindicum Karen C
27. Opuntiaelatior Phafdothor C
28. Prosopischilensis Molina C
29. Nyctanthusarbortristis Parijat C
Herbs
Herbs in study area are listed in Table 3-42.
Table 3-42: List of herbs in the study area

1. Aervalanata Gorakh Ganjo C


2. Acalyphaindica Dadarjo C
3. Ammanniamultiflora ZinoAgio C
4. Agave Americana Ketki C
5. Catharanthusroseus Barmasi C
6. Arachis hypogeal Mungfali C
7. Brassica oleracea Cobbij C
8. Brassica juncea Rai C
9. Chenopodium album ChilniBhaji C
10. Convolvulus microphyllus Shankhavli C
11. Hibiscus sabdariffa KhatiBhindi C
12. Melilotus spp. Nali Ni Bhaji C
13. Nicotianatobacum Tamaku C
14. Portullacaquadrifida Ziniluni C
15. Saccharumofficinarum Sherdi C
16. Vigna radiate Jungli Mug C
17. Capsicum annum Marchi C
18. Indigoferalinnaei Fatakiya C
19. Eclipta prostate Bhangro C
20. Musa paradisiacal Kela C
21. Ocimum sanctum Tulsi C
22. Lucopersiconlycopersicon Tomato C
23. Zea mays Makai C
Climbers
Climbers in study area are listed in Table 3-43.
Table 3-43: List of climbers in the study area

1. Bogainvelille aspectabilis Boganvel C
2. Cucumis sativus Kakadi C
3. Mucuna sp. Kuvech C
4. Luffa sp. Turiya C
5. Butea superb Khakharavel C
6. Celastruspaniculatus Malkagani C
7. Quisqualisindica MadhuMalti C
Twinners
Twinners in study area are listed in Table 3-44.
Table 3-44: List of twinners in the study area

1. Cuscuta chinensis Amarvel C
2. Dioscoreapentaphylla Kuvel C
3. Ipomoea quamoclit Kamlata C
4. Teramnus labialis Valiovelo C
5. Rhynchosia minima Nani Kamal Vel C
6. Abrusprecatorius Chanothi C

Grasses
Grasses in study area are listed in Table 3-45.
Table 3-45: List of grasses in the study area

1. Cyndon dactylon Darb C
2. Dendrocalamus strictus Narvans C
3. Paspalidium flavidium Gorju C
4. Saccharum officinarum Sherdi C
5. Zea mays Makai C
6. Bothriochloapertusa Zenzvo C
7. Echinochloacolonum Samo C
Photograph 3-8: Photograph of floral diversity
Quadrate survey during site visit at dumas forest

Status of flora in the Hazira reserve forest
Table 3-46: Phyto-sociology of tree species in the Hazira reserve forest area
Total No of Total no of quadrate in Total no of
S. No. Species Name Life Form F (%) D AB RF RD RAB IVI
quadrate studied which species occurred individual
1 Cynodon dactylon Grass 8 3 75 37.50 9.38 25.00 6.11 23.05 49.29 78.46
2 Calotropis procera Shrubs 8 3 32 37.50 4.00 10.67 6.11 9.84 21.03 36.98
3 Calotropis gigantia Shrubs 8 5 21 62.50 2.63 4.20 10.19 6.45 8.28 24.93
4 Prosopis juliflora Tree 8 8 350 100.00 43.75 43.75 16.31 107.58 86.26 210.14
5 Datura stramonium Herb 8 4 14 50.00 1.75 3.50 8.15 4.30 6.90 19.36
6 Xanthium strumarium Herb 8 4 45 50.00 5.63 11.25 8.15 13.83 22.18 44.17
7 Zizyphus mauritiana Tree 8 5 90 62.50 11.25 18.00 10.19 27.66 35.49 73.34

Fauna
Avifauna
Core zone
Only three Species reported from the project site (flying across site) which includes Indian Crow; Indian Drongo
and Cattle Egret.
Buffer zone
Avifauna observed in study area was listed in Table 3-47.
Table 3-47: Birds reported from buffer zone

Sr. New common IUCN and IWPA-
Old common name Scientific name Distribution
no. name 1972 Status
I. ORDER: ANSERIFORMES
Family: Anatidae (Ducks and teals)
Brahminy duck or Ruddy
1 Ruddy Shelduck Tadorna ferruginea LC, Schedule IV
shelduck
II. ORDER: APODIFORMES
Family: Apodidae (swifts)
2 House swift Little Swift Apus affinis R LC, Schedule IV
III. ORDER: : CICONIIFORMES
Family: Ardeidae (heron, Egret, Bittern)
3 Pond Heron Indian Pond-Heron Ardeola grayii R LC, Schedule IV
4 Cattle Egret Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis R LC, Schedule IV
5 Little Egret Little Egret Egretta garzetta R LC, Schedule IV
6 Family: Charadriidae (Plover, Stilt, Oystercatcher, Lapwing, Avocet )
7 Black-winged Stilt Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Ciconiidae (Open bill, stork, Adjutant)
8 Open bill stork Asian Open bill Anastomus oscitans R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Pelecanidae
9 Dalmatian Pelican Dalmatian Pelican Pelecanus crispus R LC, Schedule IV
10 White or Rosy Pelican Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Phalacrocoracidae ( Cormorant)
11 Indian Shag Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis LC, Schedule IV
Family: Pteroclidae (Sandgrouse)
Family: Threskiornithidae (Spoonbill and Ibis)
12 Black Ibis Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa R LC, Schedule IV
Threskiornis
13 White Ibis Black-headed Ibis R LC, Schedule IV
melanocephalus
IV ORDER: COLUMBIFORMES
Family: Columbidae (Pigeon, Dove)
Eurasian Collared-
14 Ring Dove Streptopelia decaocto R LC, Schedule IV
Dove
V. ORDER: CUCULIFORMES
Family: Cuculidae (cuckoo, Koel)
15 Koel Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea R LC, Schedule IV
16 Indian Drongo Cuckoo Drongo Cuckoo Surniculus lugubris R LC, Schedule IV
VI. ORDER: GALLIFORMES

Sr. New common IUCN and IWPA-

Old common name Scientific name Distribution
no. name 1972 Status
Family: Phasianidae (Peafowl , Partridge, Quail, francolin, spur fowl, jungle fowl, Monal, )
17 Common Peafowl Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus R LC, Schedule IV
18 Grey Partridge Grey Francolin Francolinus pondicerianus R LC, Schedule IV
VII. ORDER: GRUIFORMES
Family: Rallidae ( Waterhen, coot, crake water cock, Moorhen, Rail,)
White-breasted
19 White-breasted Water hen Amaurornis phoenicurus R LC, Schedule IV
Water hen
20 Coot Common Coot Fulica atra LC, Schedule IV
21 Indian Moorhen Common Moorhen Gallinula chloropus R LC, Schedule IV
22 Purple Moorhen Purple Swamp hen Porphyrio porphyrio R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Corvidae
Large Cuckoo- Coracina macei
23 Large Cuckoo-shrike R LC, Schedule IV
shrike Coracina novaehollandiae
24 House Crow House Crow Corvus splendens R LC, Schedule IV
Dicrurus macrocercus
25 Black drongo- King Crow Black Drongo R LC, Schedule IV
Dicrurus adsimilis
Family: Muscicapidae ( Short wing, Chat, Robin, Shama
26 Indian Robin Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Nectariniidae ( Sun Birds, Flower pecker, Spider hunter )
27 Purple Sunbird Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Passeridae ( Avadavat,Pipit, Wagtail, Munia, Snowfinch, sparrow, weaver ,Accentor)
28 House Sparrow House Sparrow Passer domesticus R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Pycnonotidae (Bulbul, )
20 Red-vented Bulbul Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Sylviidae ( Warbler, Browning, Fulvetta ,Babbler, Laughing thrash, Tailor birds,
30 Common Babbler Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus R LC, Schedule IV
Family: Accipitridae
31 Indian Vulture Indian Vulture Gyps indicus R LC, Schedule I
Photograph 3-9: Birds observed during field visit
Indian coot Ruddy shelduck

Indian peafowl
Herpetofauna
Core zone / Project site
No herpetofauna has been found at project site.
Buffer zone
Reptiles document in the region based on direct and indirect (use pictorial guide) evidences is given in the Table
3-48.
Table 3-48: List of Herpetofauna in study area
S. No Common Name Scientific name IUCN & IWPA (1972)
1 Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor (Daudin) Schedule-IV
2 Common rat snake Ptyas mucosus (Linn.) Schedule-II
3 Fan-Throated Lizard Sitana ponticeriana ( Cuvier)
4 Indian Cobra  Naja naja (Linn.) Schedule-II
5 Eryx johnii * Red Sand Boa Schedule-IV
6 Common Indian Krait  Bungarus caeruleus ( Schneider) Schedule-IV
7 House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis (Ruppell) Schedule-IV
Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers, during the interaction with them with pictorial presentation.
Mammals
Core zone
One mammal species i.e. Funambulus pennantii (Five striped squirrel) was sighted from this zone.
Buffer zone
Table 3-49: Mammals reported from the buffer zone

Threatened status IWPA-
S. no. Family Species name Common name
1972 & IUCN
1 Cercopithecidae Presdbytis entellus Common Languor Schedule-III
2 Suidae Sus scrofa* Wild Boar Schedule-III
3 Herpestidae Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose Schedule-II
4 Leporidae Lepus nigricollis* Indian Hare Schedule-IV
5 Sciuridae Funambulus pennanti Five-striped Palm Squirrel Schedule-IV
6 Canidae Canis aureus* Jackal Schedule-II
7 Muridae Rattus rattus House Rat Schedule-IV
* included in the list on the basis of secondary evidence

3.12.4 Status of threatened and endemic biodiversity
Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild
animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to
ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country.
Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in
different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus), is included in schedule I of Wild
life protection Act (1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV.
Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja) and Common rat snake (Ptyas mucosus) were provided protection as
per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972).
Among mammals; Jackal (Canis aureus) and Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi) is schedule II; Common
Langur (Semnopithecus entellus) and wild boar (Sus scrofa) is Schedule III animal of Wild Life Protection act 1972.
Others noted animals are schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972.
3.13 Aquatic biodiversity status

Code Locations Description of site
This water body located inside Hazira village. Villagers are using this pond for washing
Near Essar Bulk Terminal
AQ 01 purpose. Limited aquatic birds includes stilts, herons were observed. Distance from this
Limited Gate
water body to site is ~ 1.5 km.
This is also in Hazira village. Distance from proposed site is ~ 2 km. No avifauna has
AQ 02 Hazira Village
been observed here.
This is combination of saline & fresh water. Monthly twice during full moon and new
Hazira - Sunvali road moon sea water enters into this area due to tidal influx.
AQ 03
(Behind ESSAR Steel) Due to tidal influx salinity is dominating in this place. Aquatic birds i.e. coots, pelicans,
stork, moorhen were observed. Distance from proposed site is ~ 4 km.
AQ 04 Mora village This is also water body in mora village. Distance from proposed site is ~ 9.8 km.
This is fresh water channel enters into Sunvali village. Distance from proposed site is ~
AQ 05 Sunvali village 9.86 km. Villagers are using water for agriculture field through pump. Several numbers
of Coots were observed here.
The aquatic macrophytes (i.e. Ipomoea carnea, Cyperus sp.) including free floating algae, submerged hydrophytes,
emergent hydrophytes and semi-aquatic plant like rooted herbs were observed during survey in the study area.
Photograph 3-10: Aquatic sampling during post-monsoon’17 site visit
Water sample collection at AQ3 Aquatic samples collection at Sunvali village

Aquatic sample preservation at Sunvali Aquatic sample preservation at AQ3
3.13.1 Fresh water phytoplanktons
Phytoplankton cell count (no. /ml.) in sampling locations attached as Table 3-50.
Table 3-50: Freshwater phytoplankton quantification

Station Seasons Cell count (no./ml.) Total Genera Major Genera
AQ 01 135 4 Oscillatoria sp., Anabaena sp., Nitzschia sp, Navicula sp.
AQ 02 115 6 Navicula sp., Biddulphia sp., Ceratium sp., Nitzschia sp.
Post-
AQ 03 95 5 Navicula sp., Nitzschia sp., Synerda sp., Cyclotella sp.
monsoon
AQ 04 105 5 Navicula sp., Nitzschia sp, Amphora sp.,
AQ 05 88 6 Amphora sp., Cyclotella sp., Chaetoceros sp. Ceratium sp.
3.13.2 Fresh water zooplanktons
Zooplankton reported from sampling locations are listed in Table 3-51.
Table 3-51: Zooplankton standing stock (no. x 103/ml)

Station Seasons Population Total Groups Major Groups
AQ 01 1.4 4 Euglena sp., Arcella sp., Daphnia Sp.
AQ 02 2.4 6 Moina sp., Daphnia Sp., Moina sp., Calanus sp.
Diaptomus sp., Calanus sp., Favella sp., Tintinnopsis
AQ 03 Post-monsoon 2.5 5
sp.
AQ 04 1.9 4 Diaptomus sp., Moina sp., Cyclops sp,
AQ 05 3.2 3 Cypris sp., Bosmina sp.,
3.13.3 Benthos
Benthos reported from AQ01 – AQ05 attached as Table 3-52.
Table 3-52: Standing stock of Benthos

Biomass Total group
Station Seasons Population (no./m2) Major groups
(gm/m2) (No.)
AQ 01 1.1 120 3 Crustaceans, Tanaids
AQ 02 1.7 95 5 Fish larvae, Polychaetes, Crustaceans
Post-
AQ 03 5.2 375 4 Molluscs, Polychaetes, Crustaceans
monsoon
AQ 04 2.1 155 4 Crustaceans, Molluscs
AQ 05 1.8 158 4 Bivalves, Crustaceans, Polychaetes

3.14 Socio-Economics
Aim / Objectives and methodology
The aim / objectives of the study and how it was done (methodology) are given in Table 3-53.
Table 3-53: Approach and methodology for conducting the SE study

Area
S. no. Aim / Objective Core Methodology

Study
area
area
only
1 To Identify and Assess
Social status of society in the focused area. To do this it is
1.1.
required to get reliable information with regards to:
People residing in the study area along with key demographic Secondary data collection
1.1.1 figures as per the secondary data (mainly Census of India) giving √ and collation from Census
information on: population, literacy, gender and occupation of India
Main sub-communities dwelling in the core zone by caste and From interviews with PRI
1.1.2 √
religion representatives
People who are vulnerable classes such as: Below Poverty Line From interviews with PRI
1.1.3 √
(BPL), Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST) representatives and census
Economic status of society in the study area. To do this it is
1.2
required to get reliable information with regards to:
Occupational pattern from secondary data (mainly Census of Secondary data collection
1.2.1 India) giving information on: main workers / marginal workers / √ and collation from Census
non-working population of India
Sources of revenue available to Panchayati Raj Institutions From interviews with PRI
1.2.2 √
(PRIs) representatives
Economic well-being of different classes by gaining an
understanding of: prevailing daily wage rates for labour (male /
From interviews with PRI
1.2.3 female), status of land holding across different classes / landless √
representatives
households, major crops and farmer support, livestock and
animal husbandry
Status of physical and social infrastructure within the core and
1.3 buffer areas. To do this, it is required to get reliable information -
with regards to
Physical infrastructure - reliable information on availability and
adequacy with respect to: educational facilities, road From interviews with PRI
1.3.1 √
infrastructure, power, water for drinking and irrigation, representatives
sanitation, garbage / MSW, banking facilities
Social infrastructure – reliable information on availability and
From interviews with PRI
1.3.2 adequacy with respect to infrastructure associated with: sports, √
representatives
community events and community self-help / support group
From published literature
1.3.3 Cultural heritage of the area √
and site visits
1.4 Effects of -
Ongoing impacts of other developments in the vicinity of the
subject development on people and their lifestyle within the core From focus group
1.4.1 √
impact zones, as determined by the EIAC in interaction with FAE discussions
(WP / AP&AQ / SHW / RH & NV)
Likely impacts of proposed operations (if a greenfield project) on
From focus group
1.4.2 people and their lifestyle within the core impact zones mentioned √
discussions
above
2.0 To Determine -
2.1 Needs of different communities based on the work done in √ From data analysis, internal

Area
S. no. Aim / Objective Core Methodology

Study
area
area
only
identification and assessment mentioned above / client discussions
3.0 To Propose -
A Social Management Plan with budgets, timelines and From data analysis, internal
3.1 √
actionable items to achieve the expected outcomes / client discussions
3.14.2 Secondary data collection and review
Demographic profile
Demographic profile helps us in determining the demographic character of the area in terms of the population,
growth rate, population density, literacy rate etc. that helps in determining the social as well as the economic
character of the area. Demographic details of the study area are given in Table 3-54.
Table 3-54: Villages in study area with households and population

Sr. No. District Sub- district Distance (Kms) Habitation Households Population
1 Surat Chorasi 0 - 5 kms Hazira INA 1,775 5,562
2 Surat Chorasi 0 - 5 kms Kediyabet - -
Sub Total 1,775 5,562
3 Surat Chorasi 5 - 7 kms Sunvali 975 4,165
Surat (M Corp.) WARD NO.-
4 Surat Chorasi 5 - 7 kms 789 3,661
0100 (Dumas & Bhimpor)
Sub Total 1,764 7,826
5 Surat Chorasi 7 - 10 kms Mora (CT) 3,802 13,924
6 Surat Chorasi 7 - 10 kms Hazira 4,443 16,724
Surat (M Corp.) WARD NO.-
7 Surat Chorasi 7 - 10 kms 645 2,585
0097 (Gaviyar)
8 Navsari Jalalpore 7 - 10 kms Danti 655 2,699
Sub Total 9,545 35,932
Grand Total 13,084 49,320
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011
Note: Junagaon village census data is unavailable in Census of India 2011.
The study area covers 8 villages/ habitations/settlements of Chorasi and Jalapore taluka. The entire area consists of
rural as well as urban population. The population and habitation of Kediabet settlements is not given in census data
2011 because of its inclusion in group panchayat.
Social Profile
Population and sex ratio

The statistics regarding the sex ratio in the study area are given in Table 3-55.
Table 3-55: Sex ratio details

2011
Distance Sex Ratio
Male Female
0 - 5 kms 3,375 2,187 648
5 - 7 kms 4,161 3,665 881
7 - 10 kms 27,093 8,839 326

2011
Distance Sex Ratio
Male Female
Total 34,629 14,691 424
The above table shows that the total population of male is 34,629 (70.21%) and female population is 14691
(29.79%) and the sex ratio is 424 females per 1000 males in the study area. The sex ratio in the study area may
have decreased due to heavy migration of male labour from outside.
Social characteristics
The study area is predominantly Hindu. Most of the people belong to the general caste, schedule caste, schedule
tribe and OBC. There is very small amount of population of scheduled tribe. The statistics regarding the Social
characteristics of villages in the study area are given in Table 3-56.
Table 3-56: Schedule caste and schedule tribe population distribution in study area
2011
Distance % SC % ST
Total Male Female Total Male Female
0 - 5 kms 1.31 57.53 42.47 3.24 48.33 51.67
5 - 7 kms 0.42 54.55 45.45 20.16 50.44 49.56
7 - 10 kms 1.67 59.93 40.07 2.08 55.14 44.86
Total 1.43 59.43 40.57 5.08 51.70 48.30
As per census 2011 average scheduled caste population in study area is 1.43 % of the total population. Out of the
total scheduled caste population, males are 59.43 % and female population is 40.57%. The schedule caste
population is very less as compared to scheduled tribe in the study area. The total scheduled tribe population is
5.08 %, males are 51.70 % and female population is 48.30 %.
Literacy rate
The statistics regarding the literacy rate in the study area are given in Table 3-57.
Table 3-57: Literacy details

2011
Distance % Literacy
Total Male Female
0 - 5 kms 79.41 82.19 75.13
5 - 7 kms 79.47 84.35 73.92
7 - 10 kms 84.77 88.79 72.45
Total 83.33 87.61 73.21
According to Census of India 2011, it is calculated that average literacy rate in the study area is 83.33%. Out of
total literate populate male literacy is 87.61% and female literacy is 73.21% of total population. The literacy level in
the study area is on upper side in comparison to last decade. Now a days every family have started sending their
wards to school for better education as per their financial capacity.

Basic infrastructure facility
The study area is facilitated with senior secondary school, a primary school, veterinary hospital, primary health
centre, sub post office and telephone/electric networks etc. The nearest market for sale of agricultural products
goods are at Surat.
Water &sanitation system
The source of drinking water for Hazira village is from Essar. Most of the villages have little infrastructure available
for sanitation and sewerage system. Open defecation was widely practiced in these villages. The access to drinking
water in most villages is through piped water supply from Tapi River (under Vairao Juth Yojna of government). The
piped water is stored at Panchayat level in underground tanks and then supplied to the villages. Tapi water is
available through canal up to Mora village.
Medical and health facility
The study area have limited numbers of health care system in the form of private or Govt. clinic. To avail the multi
or super speciality hospital facility the villagers visit the nearby town like Surat or Ahmedabad city.
During the field survey it is found that the Primary Health Centre and Sub Centre is available at Hazira and Sunvali
for villages falling within the study area. The diseases which occasionally occur according during interaction with
villagers are TB, gall bladder/kidney stones, asthama, viral fever and few cases of cancer.
Electricity supply
All the villages have electricity supply for domestic and agricultural purposes. Since agriculture is mostly rain fed,
intense use of electricity for agriculture is not observed.
Postal services, bank, telecom
As per census data post and telephone service are available in all the villages. Also, there is a post office in all the
villages. Telegraph offices are there in two villages i.e. Mora and Dumas. There is no cooperative bank in this
region.
Bank in the study area Community Hall
Archaeological/ Cultural site
During site visits, there was no indication of any archaeological/cultural heritage features, including sacred sites or
other sites of social significance, are located on the proposed development site. No major places of religious/
heritage or archaeological significance were observed within the Hazira except few places of worship i.e. Jaldevi
temple at Essar complex entry point.

Places of religious importance
Jalaram Temple at Mora Khodiayar Mata Temple at Damka
Source: Primary Survey-2018
Economic profile
Agriculture and allied industries

The major crops grown in the study area are sugarcane, groundnut, wheat, millet, sorghum pea etc. Farming and
Animal husbandry activities is the main occupation of the people in few selected villages. Even fish market is also
available at Bharuch and Surat which fulfil the requirement of local people.
Hazira is one of the major ports of India located at the south-western part of India. It is located on the bank of Tapi
River about eight kilometre of Arabian Sea. The major industries like Essar, Kribhco, Shell, Larsen & Toubro,
NTPC, ONGC, GAIL, Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation, UltraTech Cement and Reliance Industries exists in Hazira
which employs a large number of people.
Source of livelihood
Animal Husbandry in the Study Area

Source: Primary Survey-2018

DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT MITIGATION MEASURES
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES
4.1 Introduction
In this chapter, we:
 Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment
 Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities
 Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance
 Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation
measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation.
4.2 Impact assessment methodology
4.2.1 Key definitions
Environmental aspects
These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment.
Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal and emergency operations.
Environmental aspects selected for further study should large enough for meaningful examination and small enough
to be easily understood.
Environmental impacts
Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or
partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.
Environmental components
The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural
resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.
The environmental components (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed)
include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil,
ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety.
After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective criteria
to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.
4.2.2 Identification of impacts
This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:
 Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)
 Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an
environmental impact
 Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact creation
 Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting activities on each
component

4.2.3 Component wise environmental impact assessment and mitigation
A component wise approach to environmental impact assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each
environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.
Step 1: Review and assessment of the specific aspects generating environmental impacts
Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical
models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between
sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and
validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning /
consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods
used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.
Step 2: Quantifying the environmental impacts, identifying aspects causing significant impacts and
prioritizing aspects requiring mitigation measures except Land Use Land Cover component
Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made to compare
different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that
require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a summary environmental impact
significance is calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based on standard environmental impact
assessment methodologies:
Severity: the resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical, biological and/or socio-economic
environments
Likelihood of Occurrence: the likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect
A combination of severity with likelihood gives a reasonable measure of environmental impact significance, which
aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever well-defined is
subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact significance based on their understanding / opinion.
Therefore end results should be evaluated against past experience, professional judgment as well as project and
activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. The steps in identifying environmental significance
follow.
Step 2: Quantifying the environmental impacts, identifying aspects causing significant impacts and
prioritizing aspects requiring mitigation measures for Land Use Land Cover component
Impact Assessment is generally done considering two factors: Likelihood of Occurrence and Severity. In the
functional area of Land Use / Land Cover, it is observed that the likelihood of occurrence of impacts on Land Use /
Land Cover is not a variable; the impact either happens or does not happen. Since we will only consider the impacts
which are likely to occur, the conventional methodology will rank the likelihood at highest, in our case 5, on a scale
of 1 to 5. This fact artificially increases the significance Number (Likelihood X Severity) of all impacts on Land Use /
Land Cover. It has therefore been decided to dispense with the ranking on the basis of likelihood of occurrence and
rank only severity of impacts in such a way that the significance number can span the full range, i.e. 1 to 25, as in
the case of conventional assessment.
Severity analysis
The severity of impacts on various environmental components has been categorised into 5 categories ranging from
insignificant to extreme as given in Table 4-1.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED GUJARAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-1: Overall impact scoring system due to proposed project – severity assessment
Environmental Impact and Score3
S.
Component Insignificant Minor Moderate Major Extreme
No.
Impacted (+/-) 1 point (+/-) 2 points (+/-) 3 points (+/-) 4 points (+/-) 5 points
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Duration
Very short term Short term Long term
Medium term (>3 - 5 years) Very long term (>10 years)
(upto 1 year) (>1 - 3 years) (> 5-10 years)
Extent (Area Affected)
Medium Range Long Range Extensive
Very Limited (Within core Limited
(>1 – 3.0 km around core (>3 – 7 kms around core (>7.0 kms around core
zone) (<1 km around core zone)
zone) zone) zone)
Change in land Use/Cover (conversion to Industrial/ Residential from)
Land Use / Land
Cover Non-agricultural land, Land
Agricultural land, Open and
without Scrub, Industrial Scrub Land/ Change in
Water Body Close vegetation/ Change in Forest Area/ Irreversible
area with scrub land/ Topography
1 Drainage pattern
Reversible
Topography
Medium (Undulating) up to
Low (Fat) up to 5 m - - High (Hilly) More than 10 m
10 m
Reversible/ Irreversible
Reversible - - - Irreversible
Moderate environmental
Minor environmental impact Significant environmental Unacceptable environmental
Temporary nuisance due to impact due to controlled /
due to controlled / impact due to release of air impact due to release of air
controlled / uncontrolled uncontrolled release of air
uncontrolled release of air emissions, odour / dust or emissions, odour / dust
Air Quality release of air emissions, emissions, odour / dust or
emissions, odour / dust or greenhouse gases leading to leading to possibility of
odour / dust or greenhouse greenhouse gases leading to
greenhouse gases with no exceedance of limits chronic / acute health issues,
gases visual impacts, at significant
lasting detrimental effects specified in EP Rules’ injuries or fatalities
nuisance levels
3
In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell.

S.
No.
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limits as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of
Relevant Noise Generating Unit
Ambient Noise -
give the mean <10% or more Between <10 to <5% Between <5% or the limit Up to 5% above the limit >5% above the limit
score from the Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
3
three categories,
rounded to the 1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more
nearest decimal Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more
Water Consumption (KL/D)
<25000 <25000 <25000 <25000 <25000
Surface Water - Water Consumption, Duration
give the mean
score from the < 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more
4
three categories, Wastewater Disposal with Discharge Quality
rounded to the
Discharge for on land
nearest decimal Other discharge within limits Other discharge outside
irrigation within limits Discharge into Septic tank
No wastewater generation specified by the CPCB/IS limits specified by CPCB/IS
specified by CPCB/IS and Soak pit.
standards standards
standards
Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations
Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified
Water Drawl (KL/D)
Ground Water -
give the mean < 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more
score from the Water Drawl, Duration
5
three categories,
< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more
rounded to the
nearest decimal Wastewater Discharge Quality
Other discharge, outside
Discharge to an authorized, Other discharge within limits
No wastewater generation Zero Discharge limits specified by the EP
functional CETP specified by the EP Rules
Rules
Loss of up to 20% topsoil, or Loss of up to 40% topsoil, or Loss of up to 60% topsoil, or Loss of up to 80% topsoil, or Loss of up to 100% topsoil,
6 Soil Quality minor contamination of soil actual or possible actual or possible actual or possible or actual or possible
that can be easily restored contamination of soil volume contamination of soil volume contamination of soil volume contamination of soil volume


S.
No.
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
close to original condition for <25 m3 but below Dutch <25 m3 but above Dutch >25 m3 and above Dutch >25 m3 and above Dutch
volume <10 m3 Intervention Values Intervention Values Intervention Values, but not Intervention Values4, and
deemed to require urgent deemed to require urgent
remediation remediation
Impact on threatened
species listed in as a
endemic/Schedule-I as per
Site specific loss (removal) of IWPA 1972, BSI, Red Data
Site specific impact on
common floral species (but Book, ZSI, BSI or literature
threatened species but
not any tree or trees). Site specific loss (removal) of published by any State Govt.
impacted species is widely
Vegetation composition does Site specific loss (removal) of some common well grown Institute, University and
distributed outside the
not form a habitat character some saplings of trees. tree / trees species. Collage etc.
project site. Short term
for any species of Minor temporary impacts on Site specific loss of nesting / impacts may lead to loss of Loss of habitat of above said
conservation significance. No ecosystem functioning or breeding habitat of common abundance or extent, but flora-fauna.
Flora / short term or long term habitat ecology of common / / generalist species of flora- unlikely to cause local Impact on genetic diversity
impacts are likely to generalist species. fauna but will not result in population extinction.
Fauna adversely affect the habitat / permanent loss of habitat. Impact on threatened /
7 Minor short term / long term Site specific habitat loss of
Habitat / ecosystem. endemic / Schedule-I fauna.
impacts on surrounding / Short term or long term fauna listed in IUCN, WCMC,
Ecosystem Site specific disturbance to immediate / adjacent impacts are likely to Impact on endemic fauna,
Birdlife International, or any species listed in ZSI or
common / generalist faunal habitats and are resilient to adversely affect the habitat other international literature
species (e.g. movement changes in habitat structure character or functioning of literature published by any
- secondary information. State Govt. Institute,
pattern, temporary or condition. ecosystem.
Impacts on habitats / University and Collage etc.
displacement etc.). Impact on surrounding agro- ecosystems of international The project activity within
No negative impacts on ecosystem / agriculture importance.
ecosystem functioning or 10km of NP/WS/RF/PF and
habitat ecology. other eco-sensitive area).
Impact on NP /PF /WLS /ESZ
/IBA / tiger reserve /
elephant corridor / corridor
4
Source: Ministry of Housing, Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.

S.
No.
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Impact on ecosystem like
river, forest etc.
Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area
Socio-economic <0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%
Environment:
Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area
Social Aspects -
give the mean Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
8.1
score from the Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio
categories,
Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
rounded to the
nearest decimal Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes
<1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change
No of Jobs Gained or Lost
Socio-economic
<50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more
Environment:
Economic Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income
Aspects - give <50 100 250 500 1000 or more
8.2 the mean score
from the Land Losers
categories, <10 <20 <50 <100 >100
rounded to the
Losers of Homesteads
nearest decimal
<5 <10 <25 <50 >50
Minor repairable damage to Moderate damage to Major damage to structures /
Irreparable damage to highly
structures / items of cultural structures/ items of cultural items of cultural significance,
Socio-economic Minor repairable damage to valued structures / items /
8.3 significance, or minor significance, or significant, or major infringement of
Aspects: Cultural commonplace structures locations of cultural
infringements of cultural infringement of cultural cultural values / sacred
significance or sacred value
values values/ sacred location locations
Occupational / Ongoing complaints from
Community Minor complaints or Major ongoing long term
community. Significant Extreme health risk-
Health and Insignificant impact on exposure to community. health effects likely to
9.1 emission or discharge that potential for death in
Safety: surrounding communities Maximum occurrence limited surrounding communities
impacts on surrounding community
Community to two times per year and workers
population
Health and


S.
No.
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Safety
Occupational /
Near miss incident or trivial Serious injuries requiring off
Community Injuries requiring onsite
injuries, which may require site treatment by medical
Health and treatment by medical
self-administered first aid. practitioner or immediate
9.2 Safety: practitioner. Personnel Single Fatality Multiple Fatality
Injured personnel can evacuation to hospital.
Occupational unable to continue to
continue to perform normal Potential long term or
Health and perform duties
duties permanent disabling effect
Safety

Quantifying the likelihood of occurrence of the impact
After identifying the severity as shown in Table 4-1, the likelihood of occurrence also needs to be estimated to
arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact significance. Table 4-2 provides probability / likelihood
ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.
Table 4-2: Likelihood of occurrence

Description Environment/Health and Safety Likelihood of occurrence
Frequent Continuous occurrence or each day during the project life cycle 5
Regular Occurs several times each year during the project life cycle 4
Periodic Might occur annually during the project life cycle 3
Occasional Might happen few times during the project life cycle 2
Rare One time or one-off event during the project life cycle 1
Quantifying environmental impact significance except for Land Use Land Cover component
The level of environmental impact significance is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the
probability of occurrence together. Thus
Significance of Impact = Severity Score × Likelihood of Occurrence
The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact estimation is carried out assuming
operations of LNG terminal facility with standard safety measures.
Quantifying environmental impact significance for Land Use Land Cover component
The Significance of Environmental Impact is calculated by adding the severity score of all five components. Thus
Significance of Impact = Addition of all five severity scores
Table 4-3 below assigns significance criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures
for reducing the environmental impact significance and thereafter, formulating and implementing Environmental
Management Plans (EMPs).
To do this, environmental impact significance levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and then
evaluated on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3: Environmental impact significance criteria

Impact Significance
Probability Insignificant Minor Moderate Major
Catastrophic (5)
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5
Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25
Categorising environmental impact significance
Environmental impacts are now categorised into five categories from extreme significance to low significance.
Activities resulting into extremely significant impacts are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or
modified such that they are brought to a lower level of environmental impact significance.
Activities resulting into High and moderately severe impacts, although acceptable, require being evaluated and
mitigated in a manner that significance of their impacts is lowered. Activities resulting into Low severe significant
impacts do not require further mitigation. This is summarized in Table 4-4.

Table 4-4: Categorization of impact significance

Scoring Negative Impacts (-) Scoring Positive Impacts (+)
Colour Code and Category of Colour Code and
Inference Inference
Score Range Significance Score Range
Activity should not
Activity has Extensive
21 - 25 Extremely Significant proceed in current 21 - 25
Positive Benefits
form
Activity should be
modified to include
remedial planning and Activity has Major
15 - 20 Highly Significant 15 - 20
actions and be subject Benefits
to detailed ecological
assessment
Activity can operate
Activity has Moderate
9 - 14 Moderately Significant subject to management 9 - 14
Benefits
and / or modification
No action required
Activity has Minor
4-8 Less Significant unless escalation of 4-8
Benefits
risk is possible
Minor / Negligible Negligible Risk of Activity has mildly
1-3 1-3
Significance activity positive impacts
Mitigation measures
Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all ‘Highly Significant’ and ‘Moderately
Significant’ impact activities. Programmes to implement all mitigation measures are then prepared and presented as
an Environmental Management Programme.
4.3 Identification of impacting activities for the proposed project
As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects
associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates a negative impact and ‘o’ indicates a beneficial (positive)
impact.
The environmental impacts on the terrestrial environment has been covered in this report. However the
environmental impacts due to the proposed projects on the marine environment is covered in the marine EIA
report. Identified environmental impacts have been listed in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5: Environmental impact

Impact Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment
(Type
Ecology & Bio-diversity (EB)
Community Health & Safety

Noise and Vibration (NV)
Solid & Hazardous waste

One Time: O
Land use/ Land cover
Occupational Health,
Socio-Economic (SE)
Surface Water (SW)
Ground Water (GW)
Risk & Hazard (RH)
generation (SHW)
Normal: N,
Air Quality (AQ)
(OH/ CH&S)
Abnormal: A
S.
(LU/LC)
Soil (S)
Project Activities Emergency: E Remarks
No.
Duration
Temporary: T
Long-Term/
Permanent: L)
(Type, Duration)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15
1 Preparation of site
AQ: Dust generation due to
Levelling /Filling of
1.1 (O, L) ● ● levelling and filling of earth
the earth material
material; SC: Soil erosion
AQ: Generation of dust; NV:

Vehicle movement Noise due to vehicular
for transportation movement; SE: Wear and
1.2 (O&N,T) ● ● ●
of materials & tear of roads and risk of
equipment accident due to vehicle
movement
2 Installation of LNG storage tanks and related activities

Noise and vibration due
2.1 Excavation work (O&N,T) ● ● o excavation operations; SE:
Temporary skilled labors will
be employed.
Rubble laying,
Noise and vibration during
2.2 Casting of (O&N,T) ● ● o
foundation; SE: Temporary
foundation
labors will be employed.
2.3 Heavy fabrication (O&N,T) ● ● o ● ● AQ: Generation of dust; NV:

work including Noise and vibration during


(Type


One Time: O
Socio-Economic (SE)
Surface Water (SW)
Ground Water (GW)
Risk & Hazard (RH)
generation (SHW)
Normal: N,
Air Quality (AQ)
(OH/ CH&S)
Abnormal: A
S.
(LU/LC)
Soil (S)
No.
Duration
Temporary: T
Long-Term/
Permanent: L)
(Type, Duration)
metal cutting (Gas fabrication; SE: Temporary
cutting, welding) job creation; SHW: Solid
waste generation from
fabrication work & metal
waste; OHS: Due to hot work
AQ: emission of VOCs due to
painting; SE: Temporary job
2.4 Painting of Tanks (O&N,T) ● o ●
creation; SHW: Generation of
paint containers
SW: Waste water generated
2.5 Hydro-testing (O&N,T) o during hydro testing is stored
in fire water reservoir
AQ: Generation of dust; SE:
Final cleaning of
2.6 (O&N,T) ● o Employment generation and
site
hence forth gain in income.
Laying of above/ Noise and vibration during
2.7 on ground (O&N,T) ● ● o laying pipeline; SE:
pipelines Employment generation and
hence forth gain in income.
3 Operational Phase


(Type


One Time: O
Socio-Economic (SE)
Surface Water (SW)
Ground Water (GW)
Risk & Hazard (RH)
generation (SHW)
Normal: N,
Air Quality (AQ)
(OH/ CH&S)
Abnormal: A
S.
(LU/LC)
Soil (S)
No.
Duration
Temporary: T
Long-Term/
Permanent: L)
(Type, Duration)
AQ: Fugitive emission NV:
Due to increase in traffic; EB:
Unloading of LNG
Adverse impact on marine
from LNGC to FSU
3.1 (N,L) ● ● ● ● ● ● bio-diversity; SW: Due to
& FSU to Storage
spillage/leakage; RH: Due to
Tanks
spillage; OHS: Due to fugitive
emission
AQ: Possibility of leak or
Loading and
spillage of chemicals/
unloading of
materials; SE: Employment
3.2 products to/from (N,L) ● o ● ●
will be generated; RH: Due to
FSU to cargo tanks
spillage; OHS: Due to fugitive
Road tankers
emission
Pumping / transfer
of products from AQ, S, & RH: Due to leakage;
3.3 (N,L) ● ● ●
LNGC to onshore OHS: Due to fugitive emission
LNG Tanks
AQ: Due to fugitive emission
while degasification; SE:
3.4 Tank cleaning (A,T) ● o ● Skilled labours will be
employed; SHW: Solid waste
generation
Pipeline cleaning AQ: While depressurizing the
3.5 (i.e. Pigging of (A,T) ● ● ● pipeline; NV: While
pipeline) depressurizing the pipeline;


(Type


One Time: O
Socio-Economic (SE)
Surface Water (SW)
Ground Water (GW)
Risk & Hazard (RH)
generation (SHW)
Normal: N,
Air Quality (AQ)
(OH/ CH&S)
Abnormal: A
S.
(LU/LC)
Soil (S)
No.
Duration
Temporary: T
Long-Term/
Permanent: L)
(Type, Duration)
SHW: Solid & hazardous
waste generation
Leakage or spillage
of LNG at hose
AQ: Due to fugitive emission;
connection &
3.6 (A,T) ● ● ● ● SW, S & EB: Leakage and
loading arm,
spillage of chemicals.
dipping or gauging
and sampling
AQ: Fugitive Emission from
3.7 Storage of LNG (A,T) ● o storage tanks; SE: Generation
of employment

Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental components that are likely to be impacted due to the
project are:
Terrestrial Environment:
 Air quality: Levelling & filling of earth material, vehicular movement for transportation, excavation work, rubble
laying, casting of foundation, heavy fabrication work, painting of tanks, final cleaning of site, laying of
pipelines, unloading of LNG from LNGC to FSU & FSU to storage tanks, loading and unloading of products,
pumping of transfer of products from LNGC to onshore LNG tanks, tank cleaning, pipeline cleaning, Leakage or
spillage of LNG, storage of LNG.
 Noise & Vibration: Vehicle movement for transportation, excavation work, rubble laying, casting of foundation,
heavy fabrication work, laying of pipelines, unloading of LNG from LNGC to FSU & FSU to storage tanks,
pipeline cleaning.
 Surface Water: Positive impact – Hydro testing; Negative impact - unloading of LNG from LNGC to FSU & FSU
to storage tanks, Leakage or spillage of LNG.
 Soil: Levelling & filling of earth material, pumping/transfer of products, leakage or spillage of LNG.
 Ecology and Biodiversity: Unloading of LNG from LNGC to FSU & FSU to storage tanks, leakage or spillage of
LNG.
 Socio – Economic: Vehicle movement for transportation, rubble laying, casting of foundation, heavy fabrication
work, painting of tanks, final cleaning of site, laying of pipelines, loading and unloading of products to/from
FSU to cargo tanks Road tankers, tanks cleaning, storage of LNG.
 Risk and Hazards: Unloading of LNG from LNGC to FSU & FSU to storage tanks, loading and unloading of
products to/from FSU to cargo tanks Road tankers, pumping/transfer of products from LNGC to onshore LNG
tanks.
 Occupational health, Community Health and Safety: Heavy fabrication work, Unloading of LNG from LNGC to
FSU & FSU to storage tanks, loading and unloading of products to/from FSU to cargo tanks Road tankers,
pumping/transfer of products from LNGC o onshore LNG tanks.
4.4 Terrestrial Environment
4.4.1 Air pollution and Air quality
Construction Phase
During the construction phase of the project, the major activities will involve earth work excavation, transport of
materials and equipment etc. These activities would cause a general increase in levels of dust and suspended
particulate matter in the ambient air. During construction phase, equipment/ material movement tankers and
trailers shall be deployed from manufacturer’s locations. Due to the movement of vehicles for transportation of
construction material required during construction phase, marginal increase in the levels of particulate matter (PM),
carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbons (HC) are envisaged. However, this increase in concentration of pollutants
would be of temporary in nature and localized.
Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures for air quality impacts during construction phase:
 All vehicles delivering construction materials to the site shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials and
maintain cleanliness of the roads.
 Dust generation due to construction activities will be reduced by sprinkling of water in susceptible areas
 Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.
 Regular monitoring of air pollutant concentrations.

 All tankers shall be PUC Certified from time to time.
Operation Phase
Impact on ambient air during operation phase would be due to;
 SO2, NOX, PM10 emission due to operation of auxiliary engine of ship in Port;
 Pollutants SO2, NOX, PM10 emission due to transportation of LNG through truck / tankers
The purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified as point source and line
source. Emissions from the above mentioned emission sources will be predicted for its impacts on the Ground Level
Concentration (GLC) at various distances using the dispersion modelling guidelines given by the Central Pollution
Control Board, New Delhi and i.e. by using AERMOD view software.
About the software
The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee
(AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modelling concepts into the EPA's air quality models. Through
AERMIC, a modelling system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary
boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated
sources, and both simple and complex terrain.
AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source releases and
meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modelling periods (typically one hour or
less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain
within the same modelling framework. In fact, with the AERMOD structure, there is no need for the specification of
terrain type (flat, simple, or complex) relative to stack height since receptors at all elevations are handled with the
same general methodology. To define the form of the AERMOD concentration equations, it is necessary to
simultaneously discuss the handling of terrain.
AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modelling system. It
incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts.
Meteorological parameters
Surface meteorological data at project site was collected for post-monsoon 2017-18 season. The hourly
meteorological data considered during this period were:
 Wind speed
 Wind direction
 Ambient atmospheric temperature
 Cloud cover
 Solar insolation
 Relative humidity
Following parameters were considered for dispersion modelling – point source:
 Quantity of fuel
 Emission rate of pollutants
 Stack
 Internal diameter at top of stack

 Height of stack
 Exit gas velocity
Following parameters were considered for dispersion modelling - Line source:

 Length of road
 Width of road
 Silt content %
 Tanker trip/day
Source emission
Line source emission

The input parameter used for air dispersion modelling of line source is given in Table 4-6.
Table 4-6: Input data of line source modelling (Particulate Matter –PM)
Parameter PM PM PM
Route 2: NH-6
S. Route 3: NH-6
Route 1: Project site crossing near Hazira
No. Crossing near
Particular to NH-6 crossing near sea port to NH-6
Hazira lake to till
Hazira sea port crossing near Hazira
reliance company
lake
1 Type of Road Paved Paved Paved
2 Vehicle Type LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker
3 Number of Vehicle per Hour 11 11 11
4 Length of Road within study area, Km 1.400 0.660 8.600
5 Width of Road, m 26 23 9
6 Speed of Vehicle, Km/hr 30 30 30
7 Road Surface Silt Loading (sL), g/m2 0.6 0.6 0.6
8 Weight of Tanker (W), tons 17.5 17.5 17.5
9 Emission for Total Vehicles, gm/m2∙s 2.89x10-8 3.27 x10-8 8.35x10-8
Assumption
Emission factor for particulate matter (on paved road) has been calculated using the USEPA AP-42. The quantity of
particulate emissions from suspension of loose material on the road surface due to vehicle travel on a dry paved
road may be estimated using the following empirical expression:
The equation5 is
E = k(sL)0.91 x (W)1.02
Where,
E = particulate emission factor (having units matching the units of k),
k = particle size multiplier for particle size range and units of interest (as per Table 13.2.1-1),
sL = road surface silt loading (g/m2), and
W = average weight (tons) of the vehicles traveling the road.
Vehicular exhaust
Emissions from the vehicles were analysed for their impacts on sensitive receptors using the latest edition of Indian
emission regulations, The Automotive Research Association of India, January 2017. The emission rate of vehicular
5
USEPA, AP-42, Fifth Edition, 1995,Compilation of Air Pollution Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary Point and Area Sources, Chapter
13, Section 13.2.1, Paved Roads

exhausts PM, NOx, HC & CO has been calculated based on Bharat stage VI emission standards of heavy duty
vehicles (will be effect from April, 2020) are given in Table 4-8.
Other Assumption
The dispersion modelling assumption considered are as follow:
 The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT.

 Stability class was evaluated based on solar insulation and cloud cover
 The mathematical equation used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect
reflector or plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation
of pollutants are negligible.
Other Emissions
Only emissions during normal operation of Regasification unit are possible leaks from closed loop and leakages
from safety valves/opening of safety valves on LNG system. Apart from this, there will be fugitive emission from
pipes, flanges, fittings, valves, studs and nuts, gaskets, hoses, etc. all components will meet the Classification
Society standards and schedules. Insulation suitable for cryogenic service shall be specified for all lines 0 °C and
below. In addition, insulation may be required for some non-cryogenic services. Fugitive emissions may be
controlled by adopting appropriate control and precautionary measures.
Other emissions are emissions from emergency DG sets etc. Fugitive emissions can be controlled by selecting
suitable Equipment/storage, appropriate handling methods etc. and hence no emissions were considered.
Flaring or venting is an important safety measures used at LNG facilities to ensure that gas is safely disposed of in
the event of an emergency, power or equipment failure, or other plant upset condition. Flaring or venting will be
used only in emergency or plant upset conditions. Continuous venting or flaring of boil-off gas under normal
operations is not considered good industry practice and will be avoided. Hence, no emissions were considered
under normal operations.
Ship in Port (Scenario: Idle)
There will be transportation of LNG through LNG carrier. There will be one ship of each will be in port in idle
condition after discharging the product materials. The air emission through one working auxiliary engine stack has
been considered to predict impact on air quality. Heavy Furnace Oil (HFO) and fuel gas will be used as fuel in LNG
Carrier and Floating Storage Unit (FSU) respectively. The input data for point source of Ship in Port are given in
Table 4-7.
Table 4-7: Input Data for Idle Condition of Ship in Port (Point source)
Descriptor LNG Carrier LNG FSU
Fuel Name Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) Fuel Gas
S% 0.5 0.004
Ash Content, % 0.01 0.001
Fuel Consumption (Tonne/Day) 15 60.7
Stack Conditions
Temperature (deg. K) 423 423
Height (m) 30 30
Exit Velocity (m/s) 7.5 7.5
Diameter (m) 0.75 0.75
SO2 Emissions (g/s) 1.74 0.06
PM Emissions (g/s) 0.02 0.007
NOX Emissions (g/s) 0.66 0.66

Assumption
The dispersion modelling assumptions considered are as follows:
 The emission rate for SO2 was calculated based on 0.5 % Sulphur content in the Fuel- HFO and 0.004%Sulphur
content in Fuel Gas.
 The emission rate for PM was calculated based on 0.01% ash content in the Fuel- HFO and 0.001% Sulphur
content in Fuel Gas.
 The emission rate for NOX was calculated based on 150 ppm (max) in inert gas generation as per point no. 16
of LNG form B supplied by Client.
 The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT.
 Stability class was evaluated based on solar insulation and cloud cover.
 The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect
reflector of plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation
of pollutants are negligible.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-8: Input data for line source (Vehicular Exhaust)

Parameter PM PM PM CO CO CO HC HC HC NOx NOx NOx
Route 2: NH-6 Route 1: Route 2: NH-6 Route 1: Route 2: NH-6 Route 1: Route 2: NH-6
Route 1:
crossing near Route 3: NH-6 Project site crossing near Route 3: NH-6 Project site crossing near Route 3: NH-6 Project site crossing near Route 3: NH-6
Project site to
S. Hazira sea Crossing near to NH-6 Hazira sea Crossing near to NH-6 Hazira sea Crossing near to NH-6 Hazira sea Crossing near
Description NH-6 crossing
No. port to NH-6 Hazira lake to till crossing near port to NH-6 Hazira lake to till crossing near port to NH-6 Hazira lake to till crossing near port to NH-6 Hazira lake to till
near Hazira
crossing near reliance company Hazira sea crossing near reliance company Hazira sea crossing near reliance company Hazira sea crossing near reliance company
sea port
Hazira lake port Hazira lake port Hazira lake port Hazira lake
1 Type of road Paved Paved Paved Paved Paved Paved Paved Paved Paved Paved Paved Paved
2 Vehicle Type LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker LNG Tanker
Number of
3 Vehicles per 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
Hour
Length of
4 Road within 1.40 0.66 8.60 1.40 0.66 8.60 1.40 0.66 8.60 1.40 0.66 8.60
study area, km
Width of Road,
5 26 23 9 26 23 9 26 23 9 26 23 9
m
Weight of
6 Tanker (W), 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
Tons
Emission from
7 tankers, 4.58 x 10-9 1.10 x 10-8 2.15 x 10-9 6.87 x 10-7 1.65 x 10-6 3.23 x 10-7 5.95 x 10-8 1.43 x 10-7 2.80 x 10-8 1.80 x 10-7 4.40 x 10-7 8.60 x 10-8
gm/m2.s

4.4.2 Air Quality Modelling
Emission from point source during operation phase:
Particulate Matter (PM10)

The results of incremental GLC for Particulate Matter (PM 10) for emissions from point source (as per Table 4-7) are
presented in Annexure 10. The Isopleth for the same is given as Figure 4-1.
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

The results of incremental GLC for Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) for emissions from point source (as per Table 4-7) are
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

The results of incremental GLC for Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) for emissions from point source (as per Table 4-7) are
Emission from line source during operation phase
Particulate Matter (PM10)

The results of incremental GLC for Particulate Matter (PM 10) for emissions from vehicular movement on paved road
(as per Table 4-6) & from vehicular exhaust (as per Table 4-8) are presented in Annexure 13. The Isopleth for
the same is given as Figure 4-4.
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

The results of incremental GLC for Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) for emissions from vehicular exhaust (as per Table
4-8) are presented in Annexure 14. The Isopleth for the same is given as Figure 4-5.
Hydro Carbon (HC)

The results of incremental GLC for Hydro Carbon (HC) for emissions from vehicular exhaust (as per Table 4-8) are
Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The results of incremental GLC for Carbon Monoxide (CO) for emissions from vehicular exhaust (as per Table 4-8)
are presented in Annexure 16. The Isopleth for the same is given as Figure 4-7.

Figure 4-1: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) from point source

Figure 4-2: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) from point source

Figure 4-3: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from point source

Figure 4-4: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) from line source & from Vehicular Exhaust

Figure 4-5: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from line source & from Vehicular Exhaust

Figure 4-6: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Hydro Carbon (HC) from Vehicular Exhaust

Figure 4-7: Isopleth of Incremental GLC of Carbon Monoxide (CO) from Vehicular Exhaust

Observations
It is observed as follows from the dispersion model output for point sources:
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10 is observed to be 0.074 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to
occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards the SSE direction.
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for SO2 is observed to be 5.56 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to
occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards the SE direction.
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for NOx is observed to be 3.47 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to
occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards the SSW direction.
It is observed as follows from the dispersion model output for line sources:
occur at a distance of 4500 m from the source towards the North direction.
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for HC is observed to be 5.46 µg/m 3. These GLC’s are expected to
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for CO is observed to be 63.0 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to
Prediction of Incremental GLC of Pollutants on Air Environment during Operation phase
The worst case scenario of air emissions, for point source as Ships’ stacks in its idle condition, from vehicular
movement on paved road and from vehicular exhaust are predicted as the sum of average concentration value of a
parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring locations. This is a conservative estimate and probability of
such occurrence is unlikely. The resultant values are presented in Table 4-9.
Table 4-9: 24 hourly average baseline incremental and predicted GLC values – Operation Phase
CPCB Limit
Average Incremental
Name of Village (24 Hr basis Incremental Total
Monitored GLC due to
S. (Distance in km/ unless GLC due to Predictive
Pollutant Baseline point
No. Direction from mentioned) line sources GLC
Concentration sources
Site) Concentration (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(µg/m3)
C8 =
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
C5+C6+C7
At Proposed PM10 100 87 0.038 0.11 87.148
1 project Site SO2 80 8.4 2.67 -- 11.07
(0.0 Km, --) NOX 80 16.2 2.03 0.6 18.83
PM10 100 70 0.002 0.05 70.052
Sunvali Village
2 SO2 80 9.3 0.14 -- 9.44
(8.60km, NNW)
NOX 80 17.4 0.11 0.3 17.81
PM10 100 68 0.003 0.41 68.413
Mora Village
3 SO2 80 9.1 0.22 -- 9.32
(9.49 Km, North)
NOX 80 17.8 0.13 0.5 18.43
PM10 100 79 0.020 0.04 79.06
Nikko Area
4 SO2 80 9.1 1.30 -- 10.4
(1.8 Km, West)
NOX 80 16.1 0.99 0.2 17.29
PM10 100 95 0.007 0.09 95.097
Hazira Village
5 SO2 80 8.9 0.33 -- 9.23
(1.74 Km, NW)
NOX 80 16.9 0.49 0.6 17.99

CPCB Limit
Average Incremental
Name of Village (24 Hr basis Incremental Total
Monitored GLC due to
S. (Distance in km/ unless GLC due to Predictive
Pollutant Baseline point
No. Direction from mentioned) line sources GLC
Concentration sources
Site) Concentration (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(µg/m3)
C8 =
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
C5+C6+C7
PM10 100 75 0.007 0.03 75.037
Junagam Village
6 SO2 80 8.9 0.45 -- 9.35
(6.8Km, NW)
NOX 80 17.0 0.34 0.1 17.44
Nandniketan area PM10 100 60 0.006 0.09 60.096
7 (Essar Township) SO2 80 8.9 0.40 -- 9.3
(4.23 Km, NNW) NOX 80 16.4 0.26 0.5 17.16
PM10 100 55 0.014 0.09 55.104
Dumas Village
8 SO2 80 9.0 0.92 9.92
(4.87 Km, East)
NOX 80 16.5 0.66 0.7 17.86
The concentration limit for PM10 is 100 µg/m3, for SO2 is 80 µg/m3 and for NOx is 80 µg/m3 in the ambient air, as
specified by CPCB. Hence, the predicted impact level due to emissions from ships’ stacks in idle conditions,
vehicular movement on paved road and from vehicular exhaust are within the prescribed limits of CPCB for the
ambient air quality. Consequently, ambient air quality due to proposed activities is not expected to cause an effect
on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the operational sites. The baseline average ambient air
concentration of PM was observed to be around 87 µg/m3; SO2 was observed to be around 8.4 µg /m3 and NOX was
observed to be around 16.2 µg /m3 at the AAQ monitoring station near the project site.
Impact Scoring
Likely impact scores on air environment are presented in Table 4-10.
Table 4-10: Impact Scoring of Air Environment

Impact Scoring Remarks /
S. Project Identified
Final Score, Activity for
No. Activities Impact Severity, S Likelihood, L
SxL Further Study
Minor /
Levelling /Filling Negligible;
1.1 of the earth Dust generation -2 1 -2 Change in AAQ
material due to line
source
Less Significant /
Vehicle movement
Estimation of
for transportation
1.2 Generation of dust -2 2 -4 equipment and
of materials &
materials used
equipment
for tanks

2.1 Excavation work Generation of dust -3 1 -3 Minor / Negligible
Rubble laying,
2.2 Casting of Generation of dust -3 1 -3 Minor / Negligible
foundation
Heavy fabrication
2.3 work including Generation of dust -3 1 -3 Minor / Negligible
metal cutting (Gas

Impact Scoring Remarks /

S. Project Identified
Final Score, Activity for
No. Activities Impact Severity, S Likelihood, L
SxL Further Study
cutting, welding)
Emission of VOCs
2.4 Painting of Tanks -3 1 -3 Minor / Negligible
due to painting
Final cleaning of
2.6 Generation of dust -3 1 -3 Minor / Negligible
site
Laying of above/
2.7 on ground Generation of dust -3 1 -3 Minor / Negligible
pipelines
3 Operational Phase
Unloading of LNG
from LNGC to FSU
3.1 Fugitive emission -2 3 -6 Less significant
& FSU to Storage
Tanks
Loading and
unloading of Possibility of leak
products to/from or spillage of
3.2 -3 3 -6 Less Significant
FSU to cargo chemicals/
tanks Road materials
tankers
Pumping /
transfer of
3.3 products from Due to leakage -2 3 -6 Less Significant
LNGC to onshore
LNG Tanks
Due to fugitive
3.4 Tank cleaning emission while -2 3 -6 Less Significant
degasification
Pipeline cleaning While
3.5 (i.e. Pigging of depressurizing the -2 3 -6 Less Significant
pipeline) pipeline
Leakage or
spillage of LNG at
hose connection &
Due to fugitive
3.6 loading arm, -5 1 -5 Less Significant
emission
dipping or
gauging and
sampling
Fugitive Emission
3.7 Storage of LNG -2 3 -6 Less Significant
from storage tanks
Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures for air quality impacts during operational phase:
 PUC Certified trucks/tanker shall be allowed to enter.

 Vehicular emission can be mitigated by greenbelt / green cover, well-maintained nearby village roads as well as
site approach roads. Also emission can be reduced by controlling speed limit.
 Air quality monitoring will be carried out at regular intervals at locations around the port areas and in the
working environment to check the air pollution.
 Leak Detection System (LDAR) will be proposed for effective fugitive emission management program.

4.4.3 Surface Water
Likely impact scores on surface water environment are presented in Table 4-11.
Table 4-11: Impact scoring for surface water

Impact scoring
S. no. Impacting activity Remarks
Severity , S Likelihood, L Final score, S x L
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
1 Operation phase
Low impact.
Unloading of LNG from Measures to be taken during
1.1 LNGC to FSU & FSU to -4 1 -4 loading and unloading of
Storage Tanks products/materials from ship
to avoid leakage
Leakage or spillage of Low impact,
LNG at hose connection Spill control mechanism will be
1.2 -4 1 -4
& loading arm, dipping provided in place to avoid
or gauging and sampling water contamination.
Impact on surface water sources and quality
In the proposed project fresh water requirement will be met from EBTL and circulating water required for
regasification will be sourced from neighbouring power plant of Essar. Fresh water will be mainly used for domestic,
fire-fighting, washing etc. The major requirement of water is circulating water required for regasification will be
sourced from cooling towers of other own neighbouring plants and after usage further sent back to the respective
plants. For reducing the fresh water demand, treated water will be completely recycled and reuse for gardening. So
natural water sources will be conserved and quality of water sources will not pollute due to proposed project
activities. Hence no major impact on surface water quality and sources will be envisaged.
Mitigation measures
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce surface water related impacts:
 Fresh water demand will be reduced by recycling and reuse of treated water and avoiding the leakage of raw
water at various source.
 For greenbelt development, provide drip irrigation/sprinkler system to reduce the fresh water requirement.
 Proper operation and maintenance of sewage treatment plant will be done to ensure meeting specified
standards.
 No discharge of untreated wastewater on land to avoiding leakages;
 Use of spill control measures, mechanical handling, PPE’s shall be mandatory while handling the chemicals as
well as handling and treatment of liquid and solid waste.
 Separate drainage for storm water and effluent will be provided to avoid any contamination of surface water
sources;
 All chemical and fuel storage, handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-off contamination
during rainy season.
4.4.4 Noise and Vibration
The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the
surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise
out of the following:

Noise from site preparation
During construction phase, operation of earth movers like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. will be used. The
machinery will be used during daytime and will emit noise within permissible limits. Thus, there will not be any
adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.
Noise from vehicle /traffic
Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the
frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.
Noise from DG set, pumps etc.
Noise generated from DG set, compressor, pumps, etc. will have a permanent effect to the workers working in the
nearby vicinity, if they will work for more hours in a day.

Table 4-12: Environmental impact scoring – Noise Environment
Impact scoring
Significance/ Operation controls/Mitigation
No. Project activity Identified aspect Final
consequence measures
Severity, S Likelihood, L score
S×L
A Construction Phase
1 Preparation of Site
Vehicle movement for
Noise generation due
1.1 transportation of materials and -2 4 -8 Less Significant PUC certified vehicles will be used
excavation operations
equipment
Periodic Maintenance and servicing of
Noise and vibration mechanized equipment and vehicles
2.1 Excavation work due excavation -2 3 -6 Less Significant used for site clearing.
operations
PUC certified vehicles will be used
Rubble laying, Casting of Noise and vibration
foundation during foundation
PPE’s like ear muff and ear plug will be
Heavy fabrication work provided to workers during construction
Noise and vibration
2.3 including metal cutting (Gas -3 2 -6 Less Significant work.
during fabrication
cutting, welding)
Laying of above/ on ground/ Noise and vibration
pipelines during laying pipeline
B Operational Phase
Unloading of LNG from LNGC Due to increase in
3.1 -2 5 -10 Moderate Significant
to FSU & FSU to Storage Tanks traffic
Loading and unloading of
Due to operation of
3.2 products to/from FSU to cargo -2 5 -10 Moderately significant
equipment like pump PPE’s like ear muff and ear plug will be
tanks Road tankers
provided to workers exposed to high
Pumping / transfer of products noise generating operations/area
Due to operation of
3.3 from LNGC to onshore LNG -2 5 -10 Moderately significant
equipment like pump
Tanks
Pipeline cleaning (i.e. Pigging While depressurizing
3.4 -3 3 -9 Moderately significant
of pipeline) the pipeline

Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan
Noise modeling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise Map
generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points
due to the sources present at the project site.
To analyze the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project
site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure
Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.
“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern isopleths, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that
particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by
CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will
show Green colour for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in
Red colour depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in
SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.
Consideration during the analysis

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels are
considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are as Table 4-13.
Table 4-13: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels

S. No. Sources Levels dB(A)
1. DG Set 85
2. Pumps 85
3. Compressor 85
4. Boiler 85
5. Turbine 90
6. Vehicular Movement 85
Using above consideration the isopleths generated during daytime and night-time are as given in Figure 4-8 and
Figure 4-9.

Figure 4-8: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during daytime

Figure 4-9: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during night-time

Observations
The sound pressure levels were predicted at different receptor points as mentioned above. The observations are:
1. The project site is located in a notified port area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night. However,
sound pressure levels are considered on higher side for more critical analysis.
2. SoundPlan has been run within the 2.0 km area from the project site boundary as Sound will not go far beyond the 1.5 - 2 km. Sources were selected are
Industrial and Residential zone. The incremental SPL was not observed at all locations except Near Main gate where incremental increase was observed 2.5 dB
(A) during day time and 1.0 dB (A) during Night time.
3. From Figure 4-8 and Figure 4-9, it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the range of 50.0 dB (A) – 55.0 dB (A) which is within the permissible
limit for industrial area.
The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in below table.
Table 4-14: Noise level at receptor locations

Baseline Average Noise Predicted Cumulative Noise Incremental Noise level dB
CPCB Limits in dB (A)
levels in dB (A) level dB (A) (A)
S. Day Night Day Night Day Night
Receiver Name Category
No.
Day Night B C
A
Algorithmic Calculation C=B-A
1 Nr Binor Work Shop Area Industrial 75.0 70.0 58.6 52.0 58.6 52.0 0.0 0.0
2 Nr safety office Industrial 75.0 70.0 63.5 56.9 63.5 56.9 0.0 0.0
3 Nr Main gate Industrial 75.0 70.0 66.4 49.9 68.9 50.9 2.5 1.0
4 Hazira village Residential 55.0 45.0 56.8 45.8 56.8 45.8 0.0 0.0
5 Nikko Village Residential 50.0 45.0 63.2 56.9 63.2 56.9 0.0 0.0
Conclusion
From above table, it is clearly observed that due to the proposed project there will not be any significant impact on surrounding environment. However, near main
gate, SoundPlan predicts 2.5 dB increase in ambient noise levels during day time. This can be attributed to the additional traffic load that will be employed to cater
the proposed expansion phase.

The SoundPlan Analysis assumes that noise generating sources would be placed inside concrete buildings or industrial shades which provide noise reduction rating or
Transmission Loss Rating of 10~20 dB which is not considered in SoundPlan Analysis. Therefore, the actual SPL at each of the receiver location would be much lower
than the predicted levels.
Mitigation measures
Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations outside the project site, the noise environment also
includes the people who are working within the project site, and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they face the noise dosage beyond the allowable
level of noise. Therefore, it is important to implement the following mitigation in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the people working inside the
project site.
 Acoustic enclosures on all major equipment in the plant will have to be provided for noise attenuation
 Workers should also be provided with suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and earplugs.
 Rotation of workers in the high noise area
 High noise generating areas would be identified and tags marked.
 Green belt will be developed to reduce noise.
 Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible
 Acoustic mufflers / enclosures to be provided in large engines/machinery.
 Equipment to be maintained in good working order.
 Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on human health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).
 Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the premises.
 All equipment operated within specified design parameters.

4.4.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste
Likely impact scores on hazardous waste management are presented in Table 4-15.
Table 4-15: Impact scoring for solid & hazardous waste management
Impact scoring
S.
Impacting activity Final score, Remarks
no. Severity , S Likelihood, L
SxL
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
Heavy fabrication work Low impact as
1.1 including metal cutting -2 2 -4 Solid waste generation from fabrication
(Gas cutting, welding) work will be handed over to recyclers.
Low impact as waste containers will be
1.2 Painting of Tanks -2 2 -4 sold to vendors for decontamination
and further process.
2 Operation phase
2.1 Tank cleaning -3 1 -3 Low impact as Non-routine activity
Pipeline cleaning (i.e.
2.2 -3 1 -3 Low impact as Non-routine activity
Pigging of pipeline)
Mitigation measures
 Hazardous wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage areas
as per rules and also bunding for overflow of spillage waters which can contaminate the surroundings.
 All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the hazardous waste management rules.
 The other solid wastes will be handed over to authorized reprocessors.
4.4.6 Geology and Hydrogeology
Impact
Apparently, there will be no direct impact of LNG terminal development on underneath ground water aquifer as it
lies in extreme border of out flow area. But probability of reversal in ground water gradient due to excessive
extraction of groundwater from unconfined aquifer cannot be ruled out.
The spread of oil, grease or any other solvent on the surface of top soil layer may likely to pollute water quality of
upper unconfined aquifer.
Mitigation measures
 Take all precautionary measures for controlling/eradicating any leakage from ship as well as vehicles and it’s
monitoring.
 Proper care need to be taken at the time of construction of road to reduce all possibilities/probability of any
likely leakage into underground environment.
 Proper gradient is to be maintain during road construction to collect leaked oil and grease, if any, and disposed
it of at place/point of treatment.

4.4.7 Soil Conservation
Table 4-16: Impact scoring of soil

Impact scoring
Code Impacting activity Final score Basis of scoring
Severity, S Likelihood, L
SxL
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
Levelling /Filling of the Moderate increase in soil loss due
1.1 -2 2 -4
earth material to erosion
2 Operation phase
Leakage or spillage of
LNG at hose connection Spillage may have minor impact
2.1 -2 2 -4
& loading arm, dipping or on soil quality
gauging and sampling
Mitigation measures
 During excavation there may increase in soil erosion which could be reduced by levelling the soil
 Spillage of construction materials may be controlled to avoid soil contamination and deterioration in soil quality
as cement is highly alkaline.
 Care will be taken to avoid spillage of paints, oil, diesel etc. to prevent soil contamination.
 Monitoring the quality of soil used for land filling.
 If soil becomes saline/alkaline due to fall of construction materials, use of STP wastewater/municipal solid
waste etc.; it will be mitigated by using soil amendments like organic manures and providing proper drainage.
4.4.8 Ecology & Biodiversity
Table 4-17: Impact scoring – Ecology & Biodiversity

Impact scoring
Code Impact Final score Significance
SxL
Preparation of Site
C 1a* Site specific loss of floral species -1 3 -3 Minor Impact
C 1b* Site specific loss of faunal species -1 3 -3 Minor Impact
Site specific disturbance to avifaunal
C2 -1 5 -5 Less Significant Impact
movement
Disturbance to normal faunal Moderately Significant
C3 -3 4 -12
movement Impact
Operation
C4 Destruction of floral species -3 1 -3 Minor Impact
*C1a: Terrestrial Flora, C1b: Terrestrial Fauna
Mitigation measures
Looking towards the likely impacts following mitigation measures will be implemented in Table 4-18.
Table 4-18: Suggested mitigation measures

Code Likely Impacts Mitigation Measures
C1 C2 C3
Preparation of Site
C 1a Deposition of dust in floral species Water should be sprinkled in regular interval to absorb dust.

Code Likely Impacts Mitigation Measures

C1 C2 C3
Night shift activities should be avoided.
Site specific disturbance to normal
C 1b Extensive afforestation program with appropriate plant species can take
faunal movement
care on normal behaviour of faunal groups
4.4.9 Socio Economics
Community consultation/discussion
The community consultation was carried out on 17/1/2018, 4/4/2018 & 5/4/2018 to make them aware about the
upcoming of the proposed project. At various places of the study area, focus group discussion were held to know
the perception and views of the people. Accordingly, the social/community development program has been
suggested which shall be carried out in the surrounding areas by the project proponent.
Major issues raised
The major issue raised by the villagers during the community consultation is as below:
Health: There is absence of multi-speciality hospital in the study area villages. The total population is around
49,000. For the major treatment, the local people had to visit Surat which is about 25 Km away. According to local
people the cancer case in Hazira is increasing followed by few people suffering from TB.
Education: English medium school is unavailable for the children of the surrounding villages. The villagers are not
able to afford the fees of Nand Niketan School which is readily available in the complex of Essar Group.
Water & sanitation: The villagers have to depend on rain harvest/rain water for animal husbandry and
agriculture activities. For drinking purpose Essar is providing drinking water through pipe line to Hazira village.
According to villagers the potable water is available maximum up to 40-45 ft. and beyond that it become saline.
The drainage system is not available in the study area. The people are going for open defecation or few houses
have septic tank.
Employment: In the initial phase the Essar Group, it has given job opportunities to 200-250 people till now after
giving vocational training. It is opinion of the villagers that presently the companies are hiring work force from
outside the state, although qualified people are readily available in the surrounding villages.
Outcome of social survey
Every settlements has its own distinct characteristics, which is important to understand in order to give community
development proposal for future.
Existing scenario around the proposed project site

 The social status of the people living in the region has improved due to availability of job opportunities in the
same area.
 The proposed project is great boon for the nearby villagers.
 As an industrial complex it can be further exploited properly in such a way that it provides large scale
employment and can become a major industrial hub of the region.
 The link village road from state highway gets repaired at regular interval by Essar Group of Industries.
 Everybody is in favour of project subject to social development/CSR activities carried out at full fledge.
Issues of social concern

 Storage/supply of safe drinking water at Hazira.
 Provision of medical, nursing care and health facilities for the villagers by the project proponent.

 Job opportunities and hiring of tractors, JCB, excavators etc. to give priority to the locals.
 Plantation of trees on the existing village road to reduce dust pollution.
 Distribution of toys & study material at Anganwadi & primary level Schools
 Construction/renovation of good quality school toilets with regular piped water supply.
 Semi-skilled training program for youth such as electrical, Masonry, Plumbing, Carpentry, Welding etc.
 Providing training in tailoring, embroidery, beauty parlour etc.
Table 4-19: Impact scoring of Socio-Economic

Impact scoring
Code Impacting activity Final score Remarks
SxL
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
Vehicle movement for transportation of
Moderately
1.1 materials and equipment-wear and tear of -2 5 -10
Significant
road
2 Installation of LNG Storage Tanks and related activities
3.1 Excavation work +2 5 +10 Moderate benefits
Framework, Rubble laying, Casting of
3.2 +2 5 +10 Moderate benefits
foundation
Heavy fabrication work including metal
cutting (Gas cutting, welding)
3.4 Painting of Tanks +1 5 +5 Minor benefits
3.5 Final cleaning of site +2 5 +10 Moderate benefits
3.6 Laying of above/ on ground/ pipelines +3 5 +15 Major benefits
3 Operational Phase
Loading and unloading of products to/from
FSU to cargo tanks Road tankers
3.2 Tank cleaning +2 5 +10 Moderate benefits
3.3 Storage of LNG +1 5 +5 Minor benefits
Contribution to state and central
3.4 +5 5 +25 Major benefit
exchequers by way of taxes and duty

DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)
5.1 Alternate site

No alternative site was considered as the proposed LNG terminal falls within existing EBTL Port
boundary.
Selection of this site for the proposed LNG Development is based on the following facts:
 Port Facilities: Waterfront and existing facilities (related to port operations, sanitation, drainage
etc.) are available for development of the LNG terminal at Hazira.
 Port Characteristics: All weather, deep draft port is present which is capable of handling all types
of LNG Carriers.
 Additional Land: Proposed development will be on the Tapi Estuary and partly on the already
reclaimed land, for which, requisite consents from the MoEF&CC, SPCB & GMB has been taken.
Thus, no additional land will be required,
 Rehabilitation & Resettlement: No rehabilitation or resettlement will be envisaged due to the
proposed expansion,
 Industrial Notified Area: Hazira is a Notified Industrial area with some of the major players like
HPPL, AHPPL, ESSAR Steel, L&T, Reliance, NTPC & Kribhco etc.,
 Resource Availability: As the proposed project is in already developed land, necessary resource
along with well-qualified & skilled staff is available. There is a large availability of freshwater for
operation of the terminal. This freshwater can be sourced from neighboring power plants at
Hazira.
 Connectivity: The location is well connected to the road network by NH-6, rail and air network
from Surat which is ~30 km from the project site. The site can be connected to the national grid
via the 33 MMSCMD HBJ pipeline which originates from Hazira.
 Environment Management Plan: EMPs to cope up with the air pollution are already in place and
will be upgraded accordingly. Thick greenbelt already developed in the surroundings and more
will be developed accordingly,
 Safety and Security: Team for well-qualified safety professionals along with security, fire team etc
are in place. Well-developed OSCP, ERP, DMP are in place and will be upgraded as per the
development.
To develop an LNG Terminal in any other location would require a fresh set of approvals, new land
requirement, new pipeline connectivity, development of breakwater and significant amount of
dredging as there would be less depth at alternate locations. Therefore, choosing an alternative site
would not be beneficial for the project and the surrounding environment. Thus, no alternative site
was examined for the proposed LNG Development.
5.2 Alternate technology
For vaporization of LNG into gas at the regasification units, seawater can be used as against the
freshwater proposed as the primary heating medium for vaporization of LNG. However, if the cooled
seawater (returning from the regasification unit) is discharged into the sea, then there could be
environmental concerns for the aquatic life. Therefore to protect the surrounding aquatic
environment, required water is sourced from the cooling tower of the nearby 270 MW Power Plant
which is within the complex at Hazira. This freshwater is returned back to the power plant in a closed
loop operation therefore having no harmful effects to the environment.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
Secondly, the seawater at Hazira is extremely muddy with high level of silt. The use of such water in
the regasification process can adversely affect the heat exchangers. Therefore as a substitute to
seawater, freshwater will be used in the regasification process thereby not causing damage to the
heat exchanger equipment.

DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT PROGRAM
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Introduction
Based on the identified aspects from the proposed activities on air, noise, water, land, ecology and
biodiversity and socio-economic environment, scoring was done based on its severity and probability
as discussed in Chapter 4. Thus, monitoring program is required based on its consequence. The
preliminary budgetary monitoring plans are as discussed in this chapter. These monitoring program
are based on the technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl.
Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency
procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules).
6.2 Objective of monitoring
Main objective of environmental monitoring program is to:
 Evaluate effectiveness of implementation of mitigation measures identified in Chapter 4.

 Measure effectiveness of operational procedures.
 Confirm statutory and mandatory compliance.
6.3 Environmental monitoring programme
The post project monitoring is an equally important aspect in Environmental Management Plan. In
order to verify the outcome on the implemented mitigation measures and also to alter the proposed
mitigation, the post project monitoring becomes inevitable. Environment monitoring plan is given in
Table 6-1.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table 6-1: Environmental monitoring program

Budget, INR (Lakhs)
Environmental Measurement Reporting Procurement
Sr. No. Location Parameters Frequency Data analysis Recurring (per
Components methodology Schedules Capital Schedule
annum)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
Comparison with Online system to be
Wind Speed, Wind Direction,
Long term data of procured before
1 Meteorology At Site Temperature, Humidity, Cloud IS 5182 Part 1-20 Continuous Plant manager 4.0 2.50
Indian Meteorology commissioning of the
Cover
Department (IMD) plant
Comparison with
Eight locations SPM, RPM (PM10 and PM2.5), NOX, Once (24 hours) at permissible values as
(sampling location map SO2, CO and As per latest MoEF
each station for per Factories Act / 5.0 2.50
given in EIA baseline Standards for NAAQM
each season CPCB standards / Online system to be
study)
CtO conditions procured before
2 Ambient Air Plant manager
Comparison with commissioning of the
Stack monitoring by permissible values as plant
Stack monitoring of DG set as
At DG set Isokinetic sampling Once in a Season per Factories Act / - 0.50
given in air consent
IS:11255 CPCB standards /
CtO conditions
Seven locations
covering highways /
residential /
IS:4954-1968 as Comparison with
commercial / sensitive
Noise level in dB(A) leq24, dB(A) adopted by CPCB/OSHA permissible values as Included in DG set
3 Noise zones and at site Once in a season Plant manager 0.50 -
leqd and dB(A) leqn per CPCB standards / costs
boundary & near CPCB/IS:4954-1968 CtO conditions
existing and proposed
noise generating areas
of the study area
IS: 10500
IS: 2296
pH, temperature, Electrical methods for sampling
conductivity, turbidity, colour, total and testing of Industrial Comparison with
dissolved solids, total suspended effluents permissible values as
solids, chlorides, sulphates, Standard methods for per Inland surface
Ground and surface
potassium, phosphates, nitrates, examination of water water standards for
4 water (other than river Seven locations Once in a season Plant manager - 1.00 -
salinity, magnesium, BOD, COD, and wastewater analysis surface water and
bodies)
dissolved oxygen, oil and grease, published by American Drinking water
alkalinity, residual chlorine, Public Health standards for ground
ammonia, heavy metals (Fe, Cu, Association. water
Zn, Pb, As) and coliform count
As per MoEF guidelines
as well as coastal
marine water quality
Appropriate, most
recent version of
Wastewater generated Inlet and outlet characteristics as Plant manager/EHS
5 At WWTP APHA: 23rd Edition Monthly American Public - 0.50 -
in the project activity per consent condition department
Health Association
(APHA) standards
pH, texture (Sand/clay/Silt), Soil
Type, pH Value, Sodium,
Potassium, Phosphorus, Sodium
As per soil analysis Comparison with
Absorption Ratio(SAR), particle
Soil reference book, M. I. permissible values
size, electrical conductivity, organic
6 Six locations Jackson and soil Once every season Indian Council of Plant manager - 0.80 -
matter distribution, Bulk Density,
analysis reference book Agriculture Research
water holding capacity, porosity,
by C.A. Black (ICAR), New Delhi
Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC),
Alkali Metals (Na, K) and
permeability
Solid / Hazardous Plant manager/EHS
7 At waste storage area Quantity of waste generation - Monthly - 10.0 0.50 -
waste Department
Eight locations Temperature, pH, Suspended As per IS / Ministry of Comparison with
8 Marine Water Quality Once every season Plant manager - 5.30 -
(Location plan is given Solids, Salinity, Electrical Environment and Forest permissible values as

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Budget, INR (Lakhs)

Environmental Measurement Reporting Procurement
Sr. No. Location Parameters Frequency Data analysis Recurring (per
Components methodology Schedules Capital Schedule
annum)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
in Appendix 1) Conductivity, Turbidity, TDS, (MoEF) approved per Coastal water
Dissolved Oxygen, BOD (3 days at methods marine outfall
270C), Total Coliform, Sulphates, standards
Chloride, Calcium as Ca+,
Magnesium as Mg+, Sodium,
Potassium, Fluoride, Alkalinity,
Sodium Absorption Ratio,
Phosphates, Nitrates, NH4 , Total
Nitrogen, PHc, Cadmium, Zinc,
Chromium, Copper, Iron,
Manganese, Nickel, Lead
Sand, Silt, Clay, Al, Cr, Mn, Fe, Ni, As per APHA/EPA/ IS /
Eight locations Ministry of Environment Once in every
9 Sediment Quality Cu, Zn, Hg, Corg, P, PHc Plant manager - 1.20 -
and Forest (MoEF) season
approved methods
Five Aquatic As per IS / Ministry of
Aquatic/Marine ecology for Zoo
Environment and Forest Once in every
10 Marine Ecology locations Plankton, Phyto Plankton and Plant manager - 3.60 -
(MoEF) approved season
Benthos, as available
methods
One location (area 4 Once in every three
11 Bathymetry - - - Plant manager - 5.00 -
km x 1 km) years
Tide & Current 15 consecutive days
12 1 location - - - Plant manager - 3.75 -
Observation for each season
Identify non
compliances based
Response of participants in a Mock
All the areas of the on Observer’s
Drill as per Emergency Notes of a designated
13 Emergency Procedure plant as per annual Once in a quarter findings, find root EHS Department - 0.20 -
Preparedness Plan (On site and Off Observer
plan cause, plan and
site)
implement corrective
actions.
Advise individual
employee and
information to Chief
Identify Medical Offices and
abnormalities Head (HR) on
Qualified medical
14 Occupational Health All employees Health Parameters Once in a year (Occupational Health completion of every - 2.00
professional
Issues) found and schedule. Report to
maintain records Factories
Inspectorate as per
requirements of
Factories Act
Total Budget ~ 19.0 ~29.85 -

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 Public Consultation

Public hearing was conducted on 19th September, 2019 at 11.00 hrs at Passanger Ferry Terminal Building, Essar
Bulk Terminal Limited, 27th km, Surat – Hazira Road, Hazira Taluka Choryasi, District Surat, Gujarat.
An application for conduct of public hearing was made to Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB), Gandhinagar with
submission of following documents:
 Draft EIA/EMP & RA/DMP Report;

 Executive summary in English and in local language (Gujarati);
 Soft copies containing EIA report and Executive summaries
7.1.1 Notice of Public Hearing
After processing the application for public consultation, GPCB in accordance with district administration fixed the
date and venue for public hearing.
An advertisement covering the requirements laid out in EIA notification - Appendix IV: Procedure for conduct of
public hearing), Section 3 (Notice of Public Hearing), was issued by GPCB in widely circulated national daily ‘The
Times of India’ and regional vernacular daily ‘Gujarat Samachar – Surat’ in Gujarati (local language) on 13th
August, 2019. Both advertisements are attached as Annexure 24.
Draft Environmental Impact Assessment report and the Executive Summary in both English and local language
(Gujarati) were sent to the following authorities to display the same for inspection by public till the public hearing
gets over that is the period from 13th August, 2019 (the date of publication of advertisement in print media) to 19TH
September, 2019 (the date of Public hearing) by GPCB:
 The District Collector Office, Surat;

 District Development Office, Surat;
 District Industry Centre, Surat;
 Taluka Development Office, Taluka Surat, District Surat;
 The Additional Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change,
Bhopal;
 Regional Office, GPCB, Surat;
 8 local villages in study area.
In addition to above, the draft EIA/EMP & RA/DMP report and the executive summary in English and Local language
Gujarati were made available electronically at the website of GPCB (www.gpcb.gov.in).
7.1.2 Publicity of Public Hearing
To ensure maximum participation from the affected people wide publicity of the public hearing was done. Executive
summary of the project in local language (Gujarati) and in English was distributed to the Talati / Sarpanch /
Villagers of villages falling within study area.
7.1.3 Panel
Dr. Dhaval Patel (IAS), Collector & District Magistrate, Surat and Shri P. U. Dave, Regional Officer, Surat as a
representative of the Member Secretary, GPCB supervised and presided over the entire public hearing proceedings.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
7.1.4 Proceedings
The proceedings of public hearing (Minutes of Meeting issued by GPCB) is attached as Annexure 25. The key
objections, suggestions and comments raised during public hearing have been summarized Table 7-1 & Table
7-2. Photographs of the public hearing are shown in Photograph 7-1. A total of 173 attendees signed the
attendance register.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table 7-1: Issues raised in Public Hearing

Issue / Topics covered
biodiversity (Peacock, Vultur,

Ownership/ responcibility for
responcibility for preparation
Effect on marine biodiversity

preparing EIA rpeot for EBTL
Accrediation/ Authorization
Bad condition of Road and
and/or maintanace of the
repairing of road towrds
of Consultant / agences
Greenbelt Development
Other legal permissions
Enhancemnet of safety
Occupational health of
Job Opportunities and
Effect on terestrial
In favor of project
Corporate Social
Compansations
Against Project
Hazira village
Responsibility
Air pollution
( fishing )
Remarks
villagers
S Name of Person and
features
Turtel)
Road
No Village
Mr. Dharmendra Bhikubhai

1 Patel, Sarpanch Hazira, ● ● ●
Ta. Chorasi, Surat
Mr. Jayantibhai Khalasi,
Member, Hazira Gram
2 ● ● ● ● ●
Panchyat, Hazira, Ta.
Chorasi, Surat
Mr. Deepak Dhansukh
3 Patel, Village Damka, Ta. ● ●
Chorasi, Surat
Shri. Kalpesh Bhagubhai
Patel
4 Village : Junagam; Taluka: ● ● ● ● ●
Choriyasi
District : Surat
Shri C. S. Khalasi
5 ● ● ●
Hazira
Mr. Chhotubhai Patel
President Sarpanch,
6 Hazira Kantha area ● ●
Village: Bhatlai
District: Surat
Mr. Jenis Ishwarbhai Patel
7 Hazira, Ta. Chorasi, ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
District: Surat

9
8
S
No
Patel
Village
Stakeholder
Olpad, Surat
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED
Shri M.S.H. Sheikh

Hazira, Fisherman
Name of Person and
Mr. Jitendra Bhanabhai
Ta. Chorasi, District: Surat

Against Project
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | DECEMBER 2019

In favor of project
Corporate Social
Responsibility
Job Opportunities and

●
Compansations
●
Air pollution
Bad condition of Road and

responcibility for preparation
and/or maintanace of the
Road
GUJARAT
Ownership/ responcibility for

repairing of road towrds
Hazira village
Occupational health of
villagers
Accrediation/ Authorization
of Consultant / agences
Issue / Topics covered
preparing EIA rpeot for EBTL
Effect on marine biodiversity

●
( fishing )
Effect on terestrial
biodiversity (Peacock, Vultur,
Turtel)
●
Other legal permissions
Greenbelt Development
Enhancemnet of safety
●
features
Remarks
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
176
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table 7-2: Environment Related Key Issues for Proposed Project and Commitments by EBTL
Allotted fund in INR
S. No. Environmental Issues Response from EBTL Schedule Reference in EIA Report
in Lacs
With the view to support development of nearby
villages company plans to allocate about Rs. 10.0 During construction &
Corporate Environmental Chapter 10, Section 10.10,
1 Crores (Approx.) for various initiatives in the area of 1000 operation phase, from
Responsibility (CER) Table 10-12.
CER over the next few years (during construction the year 2019 to 2021
phase.
Employment will be generated during construction &
operation phase. Priority will be given to local people During construction
who have or who can be trained for requisite skills. (Included in CER
2 Job Opportunities 150 Chapter 10, Table 10-12
Skill development programme for youth of the budget) & operation
surrounding villages will be undertaken as a part of phase
CER.
In Existing Essar Bulk Terminal Limited Port
premises, 48000 sq.m. of greenbelt have been
developed till date. Proposed LNG terminal project During construction
3 Greenbelt Development 4.25 Chapter 10, Table 10-8
area encompasses green area of 50000 sq. m. Three and operation phase
layered plantations have been proposed to mitigate
impact.
The road is passing from the plant and is under
National Highway Authority, discussion going on
Regarding existing road towards regarding the responsibility of maintenance. All the
4 - - -
Hazira Village companies of this area can take care of the road.
Discussion is going on between Essar Steel and NHAI
for maintenance of road.
70% of employees are local in EBTL and in future,
we will give priority to local people for employment.
EBTL has never restricted fishermen. As per marine
Regarding fishing activity &
5 rules, government prohibited the use of mechanical - - -
fishermen
boat for fishing in this area. These rules are made
considering safety issues arise due to large vessel
movement and EBTL following the same.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Photograph 7-1: Photographs of Public Hearing
Regional Officer, GPCB, Surat with Chairperson

Public Hearing Banner showing direction of Venue
Collector & District Magistrate, Surat
Local Persons gathered for Public Hearing
Local person raising his queries during PH

Representative of Consultant replying to the queries Representative of EBTL replying to the queries
7.2 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) mapping
As per the guidelines of CRZ notification (2011), the high tide line means, the line on land up to which the highest
water line reaches during spring tide. The High Tide Line marking of the study area has to be demarcated by the
institutions authorized by the Central Government in accordance with the guide lines issued in this regard. For High
tide line marking in the study area, M/s Essar Bulk Terminal Limited has approached, National Institute of Ocean
Technology, Chennai (a MoEF authorized agency) to demarcate the High Tide Line (HTL) and Low Tide Line (LTL)
in and around proposed development of LNG terminal so far as the CRZ Notification, 2011 and as per the
subsequent corrigendum is concerned. Other proposed structures shown in the map such as Ro-Ro jetty are not
part of this proposed project. Layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map by NIOT, Chennai (1:4000 scale) and
(1:25000 scale) has been attached as Annexure 3 & Annexure 3 -A respectively. Superimposition of proposed
LNG Terminal on approved CZMP of Surat District, as per CRZ Notification, 2011 prepared by Institute of Remote
Sensing (IRS), Anna University, Chennai (1:4000 scale) and (1:25000 scale) has been attached as Annexure 3 -B
& Annexure 3 -C respectively.
Proposed project attracts CRZ. Below mentioned activity falls under CRZ as per CRZ Notification, 2011.
Table 7-3: Activities falls under CRZ area as per CRZ Map
CRZ category as per
Superimposition of
proposed LNG Terminal
CRZ category as Clause permitting Clause permitting
S. on approved CZMP of
Activity per NIOT CRZ activity (CRZ activity (CRZ
No. Surat District, as per CRZ
Map notification 2011) notification 2019)
Notification, 2011
prepared by IRS, Anna
University, Chennai
Facilities for receipt
and storage of 8 II (iv), 5.2 (i)
1 CRZ II CRZ III
liquefied Natural 8 III A (iii) (e, f) 5.3 (i)
gas
Floating Storage
2 CRZ IB CRZ IB 8 I (ii) b 5.1.2 (ii)
Unit
3 Pipeline Partly CRZ II Partly CRZ III 8 I (i) b 5.2 (i)
Clauses reads as follows:
As per CRZ notification 2011

 8 II (iv):
8. Norms for regulation of activities permissible under this notification

II. CRZ-II
(iv) Facilities for receipt and storage of petroleum products and liquefied natural gas as specified in Annexure II
appended to this notification and facilities for regasification of Liquefied Natural Gas subject to the conditions
as mentioned in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph 3.
 8 III A (iii) (e, f):
III. CRZ-III
A. Area up to 200mts from HTL on the landward side in case of seafront and 100mts along tidal influenced water
bodies or width of the creek whichever is less is to be earmarked as “No Development Zone (NDZ).
(iii) However, the following activities may be permitted in NDZ
(e) Facilities for receipt and storage of petroleum products and liquefied natural gas as specified in Annexure-II
(f) Facilities for regasification of liquefied natural gas subject to conditions as mentioned in subparagraph (ii) of
paragraph 3.
 8 I (ii) (b):
I. CRZ-I
(ii) Areas between LTL and HTL which are not ecologically sensitive, necessary safety measures will be incorporated
while permitting the following, namely:
(b) construction of dispensaries, schools, public rain shelter, community toilets, bridges, roads, jetties, water
supply, drainage, sewerage which are required for traditional inhabitants living within the biosphere reserves after
obtaining approval from concerned CZMA
 8 I (i) b
I. CRZ-I
(i) No new construction shall be permitted in CRZ-I except,-
(b) Pipelines, conveying systems including transmission lines
As per CRZ notification 2019

 5.2 (i)
5.2 CRZ II
(i) Activities as permitted in CRZ-I B, shall also be permissible in CRZ-II, in so far as applicable
 5.3 (i)
5.3 CRZ III
(i) Activities as permitted in CRZ-I B, shall also be permissible in CRZ-III, in so far as applicable
 5.1.2 (ii)
5.1.2 CRZ-I B - The inter tidal areas
(ii) Activities related to waterfront or directly needing foreshore facilities such as ports and
harbours, jetties, quays, wharves, erosion control measures, breakwaters, pipelines,

lighthouses, navigational safety facilities, coastal police stations, Indian coast guard stations
and the like.
7.3 Risk assessment
QRA study is to quantify and assess risk from process hazards from the FSU and Land Regasification facilities was
carried out by DNV. The detailed study report is attached as Annexure 17. The summary of various segment and
leak size considered and conclusion is given below:
Failure Case Definitions
QRA study for various isolatable sections mentioned in Table 7-4 has been carried out by DNV for the proposed
project. The isolatable sections are identified according to the location of emergency shutdown ESD valves that can
isolate relevant hydrocarbon volume in one section from hydrocarbon volumes in other sections. In the event of a
release, only the material in a single isolatable section is considered to be released.
Table 7-4: Isolatable Section

Isolatable Segment Description Pressure (barg) Temperature (oC)
LNGC to FSU Transfer
LNG Transfer/Iso1/ LNG LNG Transfer from LNGC to
7.5 -162
Loading Hose LNGC to FSU/L FSU via Loading Hose
FSU
LNG Loading main location-1
FSU/Iso2/LNG Loading main/L 7.0 -162
(Typical)
BOG vapour main location-1
FSU/Iso3/BOG Vapour main/G 0.24 -140
(Typical)
FSU/Iso4/LNG Offloading LNG offloading main location-
7.0 -162
main/L 1 (Typical)
Spray main location-1
FSU/Iso5/Spray Main/L 6.0 -162
(Typical)
Land based BOG Unit
Compressor unit/Iso6/
Suction to BOG Compressor 0.09 -140
Compressor S/G
Compressor Discharge from BOG
7.5 84
unit/Iso7/Compressor D/G Compressor
Ship to Shore Transfer (FSU to Land Based Storage )
LNG Transfer/Iso8/ LNG
Loading Hose FSU to LNG Loading Arm 7.5 -162
Onshore/L
LNG Pipeline 7.5 -162
Land based storage (Pressurized bullet)
LNG Transfer/Iso12/From
ESD (33HV1135) to Pressurised Bullet 8 -162
ESD (33HV1170)/L
LNG Transfer from land based storage to TFL
LNG Transfer/Iso13/From
LNG Transfer Pump
ESD (33HV1170) to XV 7.5 -162
33PA6001A
at loading bay/L
TFL Bay to road tanker
LNG Transfer/Iso14/Loading
Tank Tanker Loading arm 2 -162
arm/L
Land regas unit
Regas unit/Iso9/LNG HP BOG Recondenser 7 -145

Pump_D/L
LNG HP Pump send-out upto
LNG 110 -157
vaporization train inlet
Discharge from LNG
Regas unit/Iso10/LNG
vaporizers in 103 5
Vaporizer_D/G
the vaporization train
NG send out to Essar Steel Plan
NG Offloading/Iso11/NG
NG Offloading 103 5
Pipeline/G
Leak Size Categories
A release of flammable material could occur through holes of size from small to large. Large leaks tend to produce
very significant but short-lived fires and explosions whereas small leaks tend to produce localized but long-lasting
fires or delayed explosions. Considering the severity and failure frequency, the following representative hole sizes
have been adopted for each identified isolatable sections by DNV.
Leak Size for Process Installations

 Small leak –with the leak size diameter of 10 mm.
 Medium leak - with the leak size diameter of 50 mm.
 Large leak –with the leak size diameter of 100 mm.
Release from loading hoses

 Medium leak- with the leak size diameter of 50 mm.
 Full-bore leak (Rupture)
Release from HP Natural Gas

 Medium leak - with the leak size diameter of 50 mm.
Release from LNG Storage Tanks

 Leak –with the leak size diameter of 50 mm
Key Findings of QRA Study
Individual Risk
Risk criteria for Individual Risk for Worker are as follows:
 Individual risk levels above 1 x 10-3 per year will be considered unacceptable and will be reduced, irrespective
of cost.
 Individual risk levels below 1 x 10-6 per year will be deemed acceptable.
 Risk levels between 1 x 10-3 and 1 x 10-6 per year will be reduced to levels as low as reasonably practicable
(ALARP). That is the risk within this region is tolerable only if further risk reduction is considered impracticable
because the cost required to reduce the risk is grossly disproportionate to the benefit gained.
Risk criteria for Individual Risk for Public are as follows:

of cost
 Individual risk levels below 1 x 10-6 per year will be deemed acceptable
 Individual risk between 1 x 10-4 per year to 1 x 10-6 per year will be considered to be in the ALARP region.
Societal risk
 It is observed that the societal risk when compared to the risk criteria falls within the ALARP region resulting in
a maximum fatality of 69 deaths at a frequency of 1.12E-08/year.
Safety exclusion zone

Society of International Gas Tanker and Terminal Operators (SIGTTO) guidelines recommend the establishment of
an exclusion zone around the ship to ship LNG Transfer Hose to reduce the likelihood of ignition in the event of a
release of LNG. The extent of the exclusion zone is a matter for local determination, in the context of the prevailing
conditions, and this can be informed by predicted dispersion distances for credible spills of LNG. The credible spill
was agreed as a release of LNG through a 50 mm hole from the unloading hose for a 120 second duration
assuming operation of the emergency shutdown facilities. For this credible spill, the dispersion modelling indicated a
distance of 230 m. Thus an exclusion zone of around ~230 m from the location of the LNG loading facilities shall be
considered.
7.4 Disaster Management Plan
Emergency Response Plan including Disaster Management Plan prepared by ESSAR is attached as Annexure 18.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT PROJECT BENEFITS
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure

Physical infrastructure as well the livelihood of the nearby localities will be enhanced. The project will
improve the physical infrastructure of the adjoining areas.
This will include the following;
 Improved road condition.

 Strengthening of existing community facilities through proposed CSR activities of the unit.
 The skill level will be increased through various training programs of the company.
 Plantation and green belt development will aid in improving the ecosystem and increased
precipitation.
 Awareness program and community activities, like health camps, medical aids, family welfare
programs, immunization camp sports & cultural activities, plantation etc.
 The project being operationalize, will add to the state and national exchequer through statutory
payments.
8.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure
 The proposed terminal at Hazira by Essar will cater to gas requirement of Essar Steel, Essar
Power plants at Hazira as well as other customers connected on the national gas grid. In addition
to pipeline distribution of gas, LNG will be delivered to nearby customers via road tankers.
 The proposed LNG will be an additional facility to India with 750 MMSCFD of regasification
capacity. It will cater high demand of natural gas (LNG) by Essar steel and ESSAR power as well
as to cater demand of natural gas of industries in the vicinity.
8.3 Employment potential - skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled
The proposed LNG terminal at Hazira will generate direct employment for about 100 persons and
indirect employment for approximate 300 people.
8.4 Other tangible benefits
8.4.1 Environmental sustainability of project
 Proposed LNG terminal at Hazira are amongst the safest plants from environmental and safety
assessment points of view as these are situated in the coastal areas.
 The conventional pollutants viz. SO2, PM10 and PM2.5 are not emitted from the plants.
 Utilization of natural gas is the most eco-friendly and only fuel compliant with all current and
anticipated regulations. Burning natural gas compared to fossil fuels (oil/coal/wood) produce
much lower emissions of carbon. It would be of great help in checking global warming and
climate change.
 Further it would help saving fossil fuels for longer durations and help lowering pollution.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT PROJECT BENEFITS
8.4.2 Contribution towards economic growth
 India is looked upon to be great market for LNG spot trade through the power generating sectors
who are currently depend upon fossil fuels. Essar is having steel and power plant at Hazira would
be one of the major consumer of LNG.
 Proposed project would help to fulfil the gap between demand and supply of fuel within the
country and particularly in the region.
Apart from all the above mentioned benefits there will be other benefits to the region in terms of
upgradation of lifestyle, overall area development etc.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
This was not recommended at the scoping stage, hence it is not carried out.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
10.1 Introduction
The EIA study for the proposed project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during different phases of the
project. The study has also examined the extent to which the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through
the adoption of mitigation measures. The Environment Management Plan describes both generic good practice
measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts
associated with the proposed activities.
10.2 Purpose of EMP

The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the
project - in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery
mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all
project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of
every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which
could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 Role of Essar Bulk Terminal Ltd. and its contractors;

 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that Essar Bulk Terminal Ltd. will implement;
 The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
 The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
10.3 Air quality
The environment management plan focusing on Air related impacts due to the project are listed in Table 10-1.
Table 10-1: Environment management plan for Air

Impacting Implementation and Management
Mitigation Measures and Rationale
Activities Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Ambient air monitoring of
Fugitive emission Vapour recovery system will be provided to Results of ambient
parameters specified by GPCB
due to unloading of control the losses or fugitive emission. air quality
in their air consents from time
LNG from LNGC to In Port Daily EHS officer monitoring analysis
PPEs will be provided to workers to time within the project
FSU & FSU TO of pollutants (PM10,
Pressure release valve will be provided premises (PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
storage tanks PM2.5, SO2, NOx)
NOx)
Spillage/leakage of Results of ambient
product during air quality
Spill / leakage Control SOPs will be in their air consents from time
pumping/transfer In Port Daily EHS officer monitoring analysis
developed and followed strictly to time within the project
from LNGC to of pollutants (PM10,
premises (PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
onshore LNG Tanks PM2.5, SO2, NOx)
NOx)
Vapour recovery system will be provided to Results of ambient
Fugitive Emission control the losses or fugitive emission. air quality
in their air consents from time
from storage tanks In Port Daily EHS officer monitoring analysis
PPEs will be provided to workers to time within the project
of LNG of pollutants (PM10,
Pressure release valve will be provided premises (PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
PM2.5, SO2, NOx)
NOx)
10.4 Water quality
The environment management plan focusing on water related impacts due to the project are listed in Table 10-2.

Table 10-2: Environment management plan for water

Implementation and Management
Impacting Activities Mitigation Measures and Rationale
Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Fresh water demand will be reduced by reuse of treated
sewage for on land irrigation.
Monitoring of water
Online flow meters will be installed at each of raw water consumption. Records of Water
Raw Water
intake point. At site All time EHS Team consumption at each
Management Methodology will be followed
Care will be taken to avoid leakage of water sources and unit to be carried out.
as per as IS method.
it will be maintained by continuous monitoring by flow
measurements.
The sewage shall be treated by STP and treated water
will be used for gardening which will reduce the overall
fresh water demand. No untreated water will be
disposed of outside the plant area to avoid impact on
surface water quality. Inlet and outlet characteristics Records of wastewater
Wastewater Online flow meters will be installed at inlet and outlet of as per consent condition and generation and reuse
the STPs. At Site All time EHS Team
Management Methodology will be followed quantity to be
Use of spill control measures, mechanical handling, as per IS method maintained.
PPE’s will be mandatory while handling the chemicals in
STP to avoid spillages.
STP Sludge will be used as manure for greenbelt
development.
10.5 Noise environment

The environmental management plan for noise generated due to the proposed project is as presented in Table 10-3.
Table 10-3: Environmental management plan for noise environment

Objective To reduce noise level due to the proposed project
Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity
Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures
Vehicle movement for PPE’s like ear muff and ear Checks by security
transportation of plug will be provided to At main & material gate During vehicular movements Security officer Photographs
staff at the entry gate
materials and workers during

Objective To reduce noise level due to the proposed project

Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity
Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures
equipment construction work.
Pumping / transfer of PPE’s like ear muff and ear
Third Random checks by
products from LNGC to plug will be provided to At Project Site During operation phase Photographs
Party/Contractor plant in charge
onshore LNG Tanks workers engaged.
PPE’s like ear muff and ear
plug will be provided to
Operation of workers during cleaning of Third Random checks by
equipment like Pumps, pipeline. At Site During operation phase Photographs
Party/Contractor plant in charge
DG set, etc.
Acoustic enclosures will be
provided.
10.6 Solid & hazardous waste management
The environment management plan focusing on waste related impacts due to the project are listed in Table 10-4.
Table 10-4: Details of impacting activities, mitigation measures and environmental management plan for hazardous waste management
Objective To reduce soil and land contamination due to hazardous waste storage and disposal
Concern Pollution to soil, land, groundwater and surface water
Benefit of EMP Surrounding environment will not be impacted by the proposed activity
Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management
Remarks
Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Hazardous waste will be
stored in hazardous waste
storage area.
At site
Storage, handing Proper area will be spillage check in Records of hazardous waste
(during loading & At all-time during the
and disposal of demarcated for the EHS Team various areas of generation and disposal -
unloading of transportation
hazardous waste storage of hazardous plant quantity to be maintained.
wastes)
waste facilitate with
impervious flooring to
avoid leakage problem.

Objective To reduce soil and land contamination due to hazardous waste storage and disposal
Concern Pollution to soil, land, groundwater and surface water
Benefit of EMP Surrounding environment will not be impacted by the proposed activity
Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management
Remarks
Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Spill control mechanism
will be in place. PPE’s will
be mandatory while
handling the hazardous
waste during loading &
unloading of wastes.
10.7 Land & soil
The environment management plan focusing on soil related impacts due to the project are provided in Table 10-5:
Table 10-5: Environmental monitoring plan-soil environment & pollution

Objective To ensure that soil contamination due to the site preparation, installation of proposed project and operation phase will be minimum
Concern Site preparation and operation phase can deteriorate soil quality
Benefit of EMP Reduction / minimization of soil quality pollution
Mitigation Measures and Implementation and Management
Impacting Activities Remarks
Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
A Preparation of Site
During the construction
Level the land by cutting & Random
Levelling /Filling of the in case of soil erosion
filling or by importing soil At project site Once during filling EBTL checks by Site
earth material the same will be
from out side Engineer
levelled.
B Operation Phase
Leakage or spillage of LNG
Site preparation and
at hose connection & During operation Regular
Concern operation phase can EBTL -
loading arm, dipping or phase checks
deteriorate soil quality
gauging and sampling

10.8 Ecology & Biodiversity
10.8.1 Greenbelt for Existing Port premises
In Existing Essar Bulk Terminal Limited Port premises, 48000 sq.m. of greenbelt have been developed till date.
Plantation along the periphery of port premises to reduce the noise level and dust emission to surrounding nearest
habitation. Landscaping also includes lawn and other floral species of decorative plants, palm trees and other
flowering species (trees, herbs, scrubs and creepers). The greenbelt layout for existing EBTL Port facility is shown
in Figure 10-1.
Table 10-6: Plant species present in the Existing EBTL Port Facility
Ecological Location of APTI
S. No Scientific Name Common Name Type
performance Plant
1 Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad CN, DC Evergreen B 8.26
2 Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B 10.25
3 Phoenix sylvestris Palm DC Evergreen A 17.10
4 Casaurina A 7.12
Palm DC Evergreen
equisetifolia
5 Conocorpus erectus Button wood CN, DC Evergreen B 9.01
6 Peltophorum sp. - DC Evergreen B 5.61
7 Pongamia pinnata Indian beech DC Evergreen A 18.73
8 Bismarckia nobilis
Bismarck Palm DC Evergreen A, B 7.12
Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas Emission (Sexena 1991) and (Abbasi
6
& Khan 2000)7, DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)8.

Location of Plant: A-Around built-up area and along internal road, B-on Project periphery / boundary
6 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the townships. Vaniki Prashikshan
Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.
7 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.
8 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),
Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.

Figure 10-1: Green belt layout of existing project

10.8.2 Suggested Greenbelt for proposed project
Proposed LNG terminal project area encompasses green area of 50000 sq. m. Three layered plantations have been
proposed to mitigate impact of air and noise and vibration. Tree species have been suggested which control noise
level and absorb gas emission so impact on the surrounding area may reduce. Landscaping have been proposed
with lawn and other floral species of decorative plants, palm trees and other flowering species (trees, herbs, scrubs
and creepers). Proposed green belt is provided in Figure 10-2.
Selection of Plant Species
Considering the environmental status of project area four main parameters like salinity, draught, fire resistance
species with faster growth rate and ever green nature have been considered while selecting the species. Facts
considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:
 Agro climatic zone (Semi-arid to dry sub humid – as per CPCB) of the project area
 Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also.
 Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project activities.
 Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and Noise control.
The list of plant species proposed is given in Table 10-7.
Table 10-7: Plant Species for proposed greenbelt

Ecological Location of APTI
S. No Scientific Name Common Name Type
performance Plant
1. Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC Evergreen A 9.86
2. Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC Evergreen A,B 13.3
3. Delbergia sissoo Shesham DC, DR, FR Evergreen A,B 9.23
4. Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad CN, DC Evergreen B 8.26
5. Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B 10.25
6. Syzygium cumini Jamun CN, DC Evergreen B,A 10.87
7. Tamarindus indica Emali CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B 11.59
8. Morus alba Shetur DC Evergreen B 7.49
9. Prosopis cineraria Khejri -- Evergreen B 5.25
10. Terminalia arjuna Arjun CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B 10.1
11. Anona squamosa Sitafal DC Evergreen A 9.1
12. Phoenix sylvestris Palm DC Evergreen A 17.10
13. Casaurina A 7.12
Palm DC Evergreen
equisetifolia
14. Conocorpus erectus Button wood CN, DC Evergreen B 9.01
15. Peltophorum sp, - DC Evergreen B 10.93
16 Pongamia pinnata Indian beech DC Evergreen A 18.73
17. Bismarckia nobilis Bismarck Palm DC Evergreen A, B 7.12
18. Nerium indicum 10.21
Landscaping: these species will be planted with in interspaces of trees at
19. Lawsonia inermis 11.1
various locations like along road side, around built-up areas and around
20. Hibiscus rosa- outer boundary of the project area (not near to fire prone places) 9.35
sinensis

Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas Emission (Sexena 1991)9 and (Abbasi &
Khan 2000)10, DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)11.
Location of Plant: A-Around built-up area and along internal road, B-on Project periphery / boundary
9 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the townships. Vaniki Prashikshan
Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.
10 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.
11 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),
Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
Figure 10-2: Green belt layout plan of proposed project

Budget allocation
Table 10-8: Budget allocation for proposed greenbelt

S. No. Items Estimated rate (Rs.) Quantity Approximate cost (Rs.)
Cost for green belt development
1 Soil filling 1000/tanker 1000 m2 10,00,000
2 Soil dressing 14/m 2
25000 m 2
3,50,000
3 Tree plantation 50/tree 9000 nos. 4,50,000
Ground cover (assuming 10% of total
5 70/sq m 5,000 m2 3,50,000
green belt area)
6 Irrigation 50/m2 5,000 m2 2,50,000
Capital cost 24,00,000/-
Cost for running/maintenance of green belt (manure, pesticide, herbicide and other maintenance costs)
1 Trees 21/tree 9000 1,89,000
2 Ground cover 35/sq m 5000 1,75,000
3 Irrigation - - 60,000
Total recurring cost per annum 4,24,000/-
Plantation technique and care
Plantation technique
Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.
 Since the project area fall under semi-arid condition and having poor soil quality, plantation of tree species
required approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment
 Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure.
 Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department nursery
 Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention.
 Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done once in 2 or 3 days for a period of
two years.
 Soil wok and weeding need to be done once in a two months.
Monitoring protocol
 The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding and
provide proper protection.
 Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during the growth
stage.
 Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain matured tree stage.
 Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be redeveloped and
maintained by the agency.
10.8.3 Conservation Plan for Common Peafowl
Vulture conservation scheme is run by Nature Club, Surat and Conservation Plan for Peafowl has been prepared
and given as below;
Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is a familiar and universally known large pheasant. It is a National Bird
of India, belongs to Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 was reported from the some villages of the
study area. The male has a spectacular glossy green long tail feathers that may be more than 60 percent of the
bird’s total body length. These feathers have blue, golden green and copper colored celli (eyes). The long tail

feathers are used for mating rituals like courtship displays. The feathers are arched into a magnificent fan shaped
form across the back of the bird and almost touching the found on both sides. Females do not have these graceful
tail feathers. They have the fan like crest with whitish face and throat, chestnut brown crown and hind neck,
metallic green upper breast and mantle, white belly and brown back rump and tail. Their primaries are dark brown.
Peafowl Survey
Buffer zone of the study area has been reported as a habitat of Schedule I species Pavo cristatus commonly known
as peacock, more efforts were made to assess their status in term of movements and habitat use in and around the
study area. Also, questionnaire survey was carried out to understand the recent status of peacock sightings and
their movements. People from nearest village were interviewed and conclusion of the survey discussed the potential
sightings & habitat use, and movement and food habits of peacock in the study area.
Habitat in the Study Area
No peacock was sighted in the core zone. All the direct sightings of the peacock were located near the human
dominated and forest areas. This species is well adapted to natural village environment setting. According to the
villagers, peacock is present in both, village and forest areas. During daytime they temporarily move towards the
surrounding agriculture areas for feeding while during night time they roost on the trees present in the village.
General Food Habit
Peafowl are omnivores, eating plant parts, flower petals, seed heads, insects and other arthropods, reptiles and
amphibians. In the study area, dense tree canopy cover supports good insect diversity which is very common food
for peafowl
Threat in the Study Area
No perceptible threats were identified in the villages surveyed. Village residents are against hunting or poaching of
the peafowl, as per our understanding.
Study Area as Peacock Habitat (Buffer Area)
Present survey of the peafowl in the buffer zone of the project site cleared that peafowl use both, village adjacent
habitats and forest habitats within the buffer zone. However, the following points can give an insight on the overall
status of peafowl in the study area and thereby plan for better management strategies related to proposed project
activities. People of the surveyed villages were well aware of the habits and habitats of peafowl in the study area.
In the buffer zone, peafowl uses agriculture (adjacent to village) and forest habitats as a feeding and breeding
ground. Some of the peacocks are taking shelter in the village adjacent habitats while some prefer to rocky forest.
It clearly indicates that, peafowl normally uses human associated and forest habitats.
From above study, it has been visualized that, the proposed project will not have any significant impact on peacock
in terms of their normal movements and other activities. However, it is necessary to take some management
options like habitat improvement in the villages located in the vicinity of the project site. So, habitat improvement
Programme (plantation of local plant species) will be undertaken indifferent villages located in the close vicinity of
the project area. The tree plantation programme would be taken by forest department in the surrounding villages.
Company shall allocate the appropriate budget to support such initiative.
Conservation through Habitat Improvement and Awareness
Habitat improvement programme will be undertaken through plantation of suitable tree species. Saplings of
Azadirachta indica (Limdo), Mangifera indica (Aam), Tamarindus indica (Imli), Ficus benghalensis (Vad), Butea
monosperma (Palas), Aegle marmelos (Bel), Ficus religiosa (Pipal), Thespesia populnea (Paras Pipal) will be
distributed in the nearest five villages (as per year wise schedule). Species recommended by local forest

department will also be added in the present plantation program. In consultation of the forest department,
following Conservation Measures will be adapted for Peacock conservation.
 Habitat improvement programme in the different villages will be undertaken in the buffer zone area for shelter
and roosting of peacocks. This will be achieved by plantation of locally adapted species near villages in buffer
area.
 School level awareness programmes will be conducted for conservation of wild life by organizing competitions
during “Wildlife Week” and “Van Mahotsav” celebrations.
For above mentioned activities, proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 4,00,000/- for the “Wild Life” conservation
plan under the following heads up to five years in consultation with local forest department.
Table 10-9: Budget for Additional Greenbelt and Biodiversity Conservation

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Activity Village Grand Total Total Budget
Year Year Year Year Year
Hazira 40000 40000
Sunvali 40000 40000
Plantation Mora 40000 40000
approximately Junagam 40000 40000 2,00,000
200 per year Dumas (Surat
Muncipal 40000 40000
corporation)
Hazira 40000 40000
Awareness
Sunvali 40000 40000
programme for
Mora 40000 40000
“Wild Life”
Junagam 40000 40000 2,00,000
conservation
Education Dumas (Surat
Program Muncipal 40000 40000
corporation)
Total Budget 4,00,000
All above activities will be carried out with the consultation of local forest department and Gram Panchayat of
respective villages.
Plantation- approximately 200 saplings/year with tree guard/barbed wire fencing will be planted of local plant
species for five years.
 Plants species/varieties will be suggested by the local forest department and plant saplings will be planted in
project villages through Forest Department as per the above mentioned schedule (year wise).
 Awareness programme for “Peacock” conservation will be scheduled in a year in five (nearest to project site)
schools every year.
 During awareness programme following activities will be arranged at the various village level schools as
mentioned above (year wise).
 Essay writing on Peacock.
 Drawing competition on Peacock picture.
10.9 Rainwater harvesting
Rainwater will be harvested and will be reused for landscaping.
Based on the long term IMD Data for Surat District, calculations are done accordingly and shown in Table 10-10
below:
Annual Rainfall intensity = 1202.8 mm/annum (1.2028 m/annum)
Maximum rainfall intensity =459.2 mm/day (0.4592 m/day)

Table 10-10: Rainwater harvesting calculation

Maximum Maximum
Average Maximum Rainwater
Rainwater
Final catchment area for RWH Run off Rainfall Rainfall available
available
Calculation Coefficient Intensity Intensity
for harvesting for harvesting
per annum per day
per annum per day
type m2 - m m m3 m3
Roof Top Area
(Non-Factory 9,000.0 0.8 1.2028 0.4592 8,660.16 3306.24
Buildings)
Green Belt Area 50,000.0 0.2 1.2028 0.4592 12,028 4592.0
Total 59,000.0 - - - 20,688.16 7,898.24
As Rainwater availability calculations shows, maximum rainwater available for storage is 20,688.16 m 3/annum.
Table 10-11: Summary of rainwater harvesting

Sr. No. Content Quantity Unit
A Maximum rainwater available for recharge will be 20688.16 m3/annum
B Number of Rainy Days per annum are 43.8 days
C Average recharge per rainy day (A÷B) 472.33 m3/day
D Max number of Rainy days/in month 14.6 July
E Max rainwater received in month of July (C×D) 6896.01 m3
Calculations are based on methodology given in “Concepts and Practices for Rainwater Harvesting by CGWA-2001”
The rainwater availability calculations show 6,896.01 m3 rainwater will be available in month of July and for one-
day maximum value will be ~472 m3 (actual is 472.33 m3).
Storage tank will be designed for one-day maximum rainfall. Total 04 storage tanks will be created. This tank will
be created in green belt and stored rainwater is conveyed through filters before reuse.
For Roof Top- 8,660.16 m3/annum ÷ 43.6 (rainy Days) = 198.62 m3/day (Maximum rainwater available per rainy
day) so, 01 RWH tank of capacity 200 m3 will be created to collect Roof top water of Non factory building.
For Green Belt- 12,028 m3/annum ÷ 43.6 (rainy Days) = 275 m3/day (Maximum rainwater available per rainy day)
so, 03 RWH tank of capacity 100 m3 each will be created to collect run off rain water from green belt.
Location of the RWH tank is shown in storm water network in Map 2-3. Rainwater collection scheme is shown as
Figure 10-3.

Figure 10-3: Rainwater Collection Scheme

10.10 Socio-Economic environment

The Essar Bulk Terminal Limited is committed to meet the best practices regarding environmental and social
responsibility. It will set up its Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for the mitigation measures, monitoring
system and management actions to eliminate or reduce adverse environmental and social impacts arising due to
the proposed activities.
The project proponent will appoint Social Development Officer who will handle the grievances of the local people
and comply all the regulations related with the CSR and Community Development Programme in the surrounding
areas.
Implementation arrangement
The social management plan and its activities will be implemented by NGO under the close supervision and
monitoring of the CSR division of the company or any consultant appointed by the company.
Monitoring and evaluation
Two time (Mid-term and after completion of the work) monitoring will be done by the third party appointed by the
company.
Corporate Environment Responsibility
Identified CER Activities

As part of the expansion of the project, the company is committed towards its social responsibilities in the project
area. The following new activities have been proposed by the project proponent as part of its social responsibilities.
 Educational Activities
 Improving Medical & Health facilities
 Provision of Safe Drinking Water
 Basic Infrastructure facilities
 Skill Development/Training Program
With the view to support development of nearby villages company plans to allocate about Rs. 10.0 Crores (Approx.)
for various initiatives in the area of CER over the next few years (during construction phase). Expenditures will be
made as the project progresses.
Budgetary Provision
According to the office memorandum dated: 01st May, 2018 from MoEF&CC, with the view to support development
of nearby villages company plans to allocate about Rs. 10.0 Crores (Approx.) for various initiatives in the area of
CER over the next few years (during construction phase). CER budget is given in Table 10-12.
Table 10-12: Corporate Environment Responsibility

Year wise allocation of Fund (INR in Lakhs)
S. No. Activities
2019-2020 2020-2021 Total Cost
1 Education 300.0
Scholarship and Educational Aids for the Primary
a. 20.0 30.0 50.0
Schools of the study area.
Distribution of School uniform to economically
b. 30.0 30.0 60.0
weaker sections.
Renovation of school/Anganwadi building and
c. 100.0 90.0 190.0
construction of toilets for girls and boys.

Year wise allocation of Fund (INR in Lakhs)

S. No. Activities
2019-2020 2020-2021 Total Cost
2 Health & Hygiene 200.0
Promotion and improvement in living standard of

a. Tribal Community-education/health/basic 25.0 25.0 50.0
infrastructure facilities.
Arrangement of health check-up camp for the
b. 30.0 20.0 50.0
villagers at regular intervals.
Arrangement of veterinary doctors for regular
c. 15.0 15.0 30.0
check-up of the cattle.
Distribution of tri-cycle to physically challenged
d. 40.0 30.0 70.0
group.
3 Drinking Water 200.0
Provision of potable water supply for study area

a. 100.0 100.0 200.0
Schools/ villages.
4 Infrastructure Development 150.0
Construction/Renovation of internal roads of

a. 50.0 50.0 100.0
nearby villages as well as site approach road.
Construction of public toilets (Sulabh
b. 25.0 25.0 50.0
Shauchalaya), gutter lines and drainage system.
5 Employment Generation 150.0
Skill development programme for youth of the

a. 75.0 75.0 150.0
surrounding villages.
Total Amount 1000.0
10.11 Environmental management cell
An environment management cell shall be created which shall perform the following functions:
 Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management.

 Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.
 Analyze the data and decide thrust area.
 Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area.
 Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems.
 Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.
 Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports.
 Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program.
The plant manager will be responsible for environmental issues at plant. The responsibilities of the various
members of the environment management cell are given in Table 10-13.
Table 10-13: Environment Management Cell

S. No. Designation Proposed responsibility
1. Chief Executive officer Environmental policy and directions
Overall responsibility for environmental management and decision
2.
making for all environmental issues
Overall in-charge of operation of environmental management facilities.
General Manager
3. Ensuring legal compliance by properly undertaking activities as laid
down by various regulatory agencies from time to time and interacting
with the same

S. No. Designation Proposed responsibility

4. Enviro-legal work and its compliance
Secondary responsibility for environmental management and decision
5.
making for all environmental issues
Dy. Manager
Ensure environmental monitoring as per appropriate procedures
Environment
6. Ensure correct records of generation, handling, storage, transportation
and disposal of solid hazardous wastes.
10.11.1 Hierarchical system chart
10.12 Expenditure on environmental matter
The expenditure will be incurred by EBTL on environmental matters is given in Table 10-14.
Table 10-14: Expenditure on environmental matters

Approximate
Approximate
recurring cost per
S. No. Head Capital cost Basis for cost estimates
annum
(Rs. In Lacs)
(Rs. in Lacs)
The capital cost would include cost of providing

valves, adequate height of the stack, ladder and
Air pollution
1. 2.00 5 platform and recurring cost would include cost of
control
monitoring of air environment both in the plant
and in the surroundings on a continual basis.
2. 0.5 40 Capital costs include civil, electrical, mechanical,

Water Pollution
piping and erection commissioning cost of

Approximate
Approximate
recurring cost per
S. No. Head Capital cost Basis for cost estimates
annum
(Rs. In Lacs)
(Rs. in Lacs)
Management proposed 10 KLD STP.
Recurring costs include electrical, consumables’
and manpower costs for wastewater treatment
plant
Capital costs include Civil, Electrical, Mechanical,
Piping and Erection Commissioning cost of
- 45 proposed 10 KLD STP.
Recurring costs include electrical, manpower and
consumables’ costs for STP.
Noise pollution Included in DG set Additional DG sets used will have acoustic
3. 0.5
monitoring costs enclosures.
Capital cost includes construction of storage area.
Solid and
4. hazardous waste 0.5 10 Recurring cost includes transportation, manpower
management and membership fees for hazardous waste
disposal at TSDF.
Meteorology, raw water, ground water and
surface water, marine water, marine sediment &
Environment flora-fauna samples in every season except
5. monitoring and 23.25 - monsoon in nearby area.
management Bathymetry, tide & current observations
monitoring.
Enviro-legal work and its compliance.
Total 23.25 100 -

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
11.1 Introduction & background

Essar Bulk Terminal Limited (EBTL) is operating a captive deep draft terminal at Hazira under Magdalla Port of
Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB). Presently EBTL is operating 1150 meters of deep draft berth with a 7 km Long
navigation channel with a turning circle for handling bulk and break bulk cargo. Construction of additional 500 m
berth length is under progress.
Environment and CRZ clearance of 6th May 2014 for expansion of EBTL port facility envisages development of 4800
m berth length with back up storage yard. Breakup of 4800 m berth length is as follows: Container and Break Bulk
Berth (1100 m), General Cargo (700 m ), Liquid Cargo (500 m ) for handling of petroleum products and chemicals,
Bulk Berth (700 m), Offshore support vessel berth (500 m), Dry Dock and ship repair jetty (700 m ) and Trestle
berth of 600 m. Along with that, EBTL has also received the permissions for extending the navigational channel
from 6.2 to 17.6 km and deepening from 8 m to 16 m with broadening to 300-350 m and reclamation of 334
hectares of land.
11.1.1 About the project
EBTL is planning to handle Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) within 800 m berth starting from 100 m south of
operational 1150 m berth, LNG berth length will be ~400 m. Land required for the proposed project is ~17
hectares. GMB has already provided in principle allotment of 140 ha of Land to EBTL. Natural gas is a naturally
occurring hydrocarbon gas mixture consisting primarily of methane.
EBTL’s proposed LNG terminal will have a combination of floating and land based storage. Terminal will have
Regasification Unit (RU) to vaporize LNG into gas. LNG will be imported through LNG carrier and transferred to
Floating Storage Unit (FSU) through well-established ship to ship transfer mechanism using flexible hoses. Transfer
of LNG from FSU to the storage on land or RU will take place using fixed marine loading arms. LNG will be
regasified at RU using water or air. RU will be connected to gas grid through high pressure gas pipeline. In addition
to RU, road gantry facilities will be developed for transport of LNG in road tankers to end customers.
Steel Plant is presently operating a 10 MMTPA steel plant at Hazira. Out of this total capacity, 6.8 MMTPA of iron
making capacity is gas based which uses natural gas for reduction of iron ore to iron. Apart from Steel Plant, 1015
MW gas based power plant at Hazira which requires gas. Total gas requirement of steel plant and power plant is 11
MMSCMD.
11.2 Project details
11.2.1 Area statement
Essar Bulk Terminal Ltd. will use ~17 hectares of existing reclaimed land for the development of proposed LNG
terminal and associated facilities.
Table 11-1: Area statement of site

1 Greenbelt 50000
2 STP 100
3 Equipment (including Regas facilities, BOG Compressors & associated facilities) 3950
4 LNG Storage Bullets 18650
5 Atmospheric Tank 6050


6 Tanker Loading Facilities 5400
7 Flare Area 25500
8 Non Factory buildings 9000
9 Firewater & Fire-fighting facilities 6540
10 Other Miscellaneous Area (including metering skids, utility packages, roads, drainage etc.) 18810
Total Area 1,44,000
11.2.2 LNG storage facilities
The FSU will be another LNGC vessel which will be leased and will have capacity up to 266,000 cubic meters. The
storage tanks on the FSU may be walled or membrane type tanks where LNG will be stored at approximately – 161
– 165 oC. The FSU will be moored to the Jetty. Additionally, land based storage facilities of 60,000 cubic meters
comprising of double walled atmospheric tank (~54,000 cbm) and double walled pressurized bullets (~6,000 cbm)
may be developed.
Table 11-2: Land based storage tank details

Products to be Storage Capacity Maximum Storage
S. No. Type of Tank Total No. of Tanks
Stored in m3 Capacity in m3
1 Atmospheric Tanks LNG 1 54,000 54,000
2 Pressurized Bullets LNG 6 1,000 6,000
Table 11-3: Floating storage unit details

Storage Maximum Storage
S. No. Type of Tank Products to be Stored Total No. of Tanks
Capacity in m3 Capacity in m3
1 FSU Tanks LNG 5 Up to 266,000 266,000
Table 11-4: Type of LNGCs and their dimensions

Model Unit
Type LNG Carrier
Storage Capacity 1,77,000 m3
LOA 300 m
Beam Length 48 m
Draft (design) 12 m
*Above are typical dimensions for LNG carrier of ~ 1,77,000 m3 capacity
Table 11-5: Unloading arm details

S. no. Description of facility Numbers Remark
One Liquid Unloading arm: 1600 m3/hr
One Vapour Unloading arm : 16100 kg/hr (12000 m 3/hr)
One spare hybrid arm which will be used for both liquid and vapour.
Liquid Arm
1 Unloading arms 3 Operating Temperature/ Pressure: (-)157 to (-)160 °C/ 4 to 7.5 barg
Design temperature / Pressure: (-)196 & 65°C / 15 barg & FV
Vapor Arm
Operating Temperature/ Pressure: (-)130 to (-)160 °C/ 130 mbarg
Design temperature/ Pressure: (-)196 & 65°C / 11 barg & FV
Table 11-6: Pipeline details

S. no. Route of pipeline Numbers Remark
Freshwater pipeline from Essar Power Hazira Limited (EPHL)
to terminal and return back to power plant

S. no. Route of pipeline Numbers Remark

Gas Pipelines to Essar Steel/Essar Power/Gas grid of GSPL,
GAIL, RGTIL
2 X 16” (Liquid lines)
3 LNG/BOG lines from Jetty to Land Based Storage facilities 3
1 X 16” (vapour line)
Table 11-7: Road gantry details

S. No. Description of facility Remark
8 Nos. of loading stations of design capacity: 70 m 3 per hour each
1 Tanker loading facilities Operating Temperature/ Pressure: (-)157 to (-) 160°C /1.5 to 2 bar g
Design Temperature/ Pressure: (-)196°C & 65°C /15 barg & FV
Power requirement
For Normal use, power will be sourced from Essar Power plant at Hazira and the power will be available at the
terminal at battery limit. For emergency power, emergency diesel generator shall be considered.
Power requirement for the entire terminal (Regasification Units & associated pumps, BOG compressors, LP Pumps
and miscellaneous equipment such as valves, motors etc.) is estimated to be ~ 15.7 MW.
Water requirement
regasification will be sourced from neighbouring power plant of Essar.
Table 11-8: Water consumption and wastewater generation details

Water Wastewater
(KLD) (KLD)
FSU will have an STP onboard which will
No of
treat the Sewage and discharge will be
Workers/Employee
Domestic used in green belt of LNG Terminal.
1 - 30 Nos. Water 4 3
(Onboard FSU) Adequate storage capacity will be proposed
demand - 135
LPCD
Washing and
Bilge water sent outside to authorized
2 Cleaning Randomly 20 20
Vendor for treatment and disposal facility.
(Onboard FSU)
Steam Turbine Make up Water Blow down water to Retention tank of
3 15 0.5
(Boiler Capacity) required for boiler Terminal STP
Treated in STP to be provided in LNG
Terminal Area and treated sewage will be
Consider
used for gardening / green belt
Domestic (LNG Evaporation loss
4 10 9 development.
Terminal Area) and mock drills
Adequate storage capacity will be proposed
etc.
Consider
Evaporation loss
5 Firefighting 5 0 Make up in Fire Water Reservoir
and mock drills
etc.
Quantity of 8000 KL per hr of circulating
water required for there-gasification
Circulating Water process which will be sourced from the
6 (Re-Gasification of 8000 m3/hr 192000 192000 cooling towers of the neighbouring power
LNG) plants. The same will be used for cooling
and further sent back to the respective
power plant areas

Water Wastewater
(KLD) (KLD)
Total Water
Consumption and
8 - 192054 192032.5 -
wastewater
Generation
Recycled Water
from
9 - 192000 192000 -
Regasification
process
Fresh water
Requirements
10 - 54 32.5 -
/Wastewater
Generation
Wastewater disposal
Wastewater mainly generated from domestic use from port area and from FSU unit.
 The sewage generation from FSU unit will treated in onboard STP plant and treated water will be used for
greenbelt development for LNG terminal. Conventional STP will be proposed at FSU unit.
 The sewage generation from the terminal area will be treated in separate proposed STP at terminal area and
treated water will be used for gardening.
 Wastewater from regasification process is further send to ESSAR power plant.
Solid & hazardous waste details
The solid / hazardous waste will be collected and temporarily stored in Hazardous Waste Storage Area as per
hazardous waste rules within the plant premises.
Table 11-9: Hazardous waste generation

Category of waste Quantity in KL per
Name of waste
Sr. No. (as per Hazardous year or MT per Management
generation
Waste Rules 2016) year
1 Used Oil 5.1 5
2 Waste Oil 5.2 15
Cargo Residue, Washing
3 water and sludge containing 3.1 300
oil
Empty Will be done in compliance with
Barrels/Containers/liners GPCB/ CPCB norms as mentioned
4 33.1 300 in CC&A
contaminated with
hazardous chemicals/wastes
Contaminated Cotton Rags
5 33.2 5
and other cleaning materials
Sludge and Filters
6 Contaminated with oil from 3.3 15
Ships
Storage / handling of solid and hazardous wastes
All waste is being handed with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the solid and hazardous
waste handling. The wastes will be collected in drums and HDPE bags and further transferred at the storage
location in the solid cum hazardous waste storage area provided at site.
One month storage with impervious flooring will be provided for hazardous waste storage to avoid leakage
problem.
Other solid waste
Table 11-10: Other solid wastes

Category of Existing quantity Additional
Name of waste waste (as per in TPA as per quantity in KL Treatment &
Sr. No.
generation Hazardous Waste Consent per year or MT disposal facility
Rules 2016) conditions per year
Disposal to nearby
Common Solid
1 Municipal Solid Waste - - 36 Waste Disposal
facility as per
present scenario
There will be no OHC provided in the site premises. Only
ambulance and first aid facility is available. The facility of
2 Bio-Medical Waste
common Hospital of ESSAR in the area which is present in the
Essar Colony is availed when required
E waste accounts for around 5% of total Municipal Solid Waste.
Inventory of E Waste is presently not practiced. However in the
proposed LNG terminal inventory of E waste and E waste
3 E-Waste
collection centres will be established in each of the office
premises. They will be further sold to authorized E waste
recyclers on periodic intervals
Other non-Hazardous waste like packaging waste, card boards,
4 Other non-Hazardous waste metal scrap etc. will be sold to authorized recyclers as per
MSTC approval
LNG drain
LNG drains shall be routed to underground closed drain system. The intent of the closed drain system is to provide
a safe and environmentally acceptable method of collecting and disposing of hydrocarbons handled on the facility
prior to equipment or system maintenance after depressurization. In order to minimize the losses of hydrocarbon to
the atmosphere, liquid drained from equipment and piping will be recovered in a drain drum. In the event of FSU
disconnected operation, LNG transfer line needs to be drained in the LNG drain drum. The LNG drain drum shall be
provided with one pump installed and one pump warehouse spare.
Other contaminating drains
Normally no drains are expected in the LNG terminal. During maintenance drainage of non-volatile product (diesel,
lube oil) or chemicals will be done through observation pit or portable container. These drains to be collected in
local pits from where these shall be removed using portable pump in barrels for further disposal.
11.2.3 Employment generation (Direct and Indirect)
The Proposed LNG Terminal development will generate direct employment for approximately 100 people. There will
be indirect employment generation of around 300 people from the Project.
This project is critical for the survival of Essar Steel which will directly employ an additional 1000 people and
indirectly employ an additional 5,000 people and similarly for Essar Power which will directly employ additional 300
people and indirectly employ additional 1000 people.
11.2.4 Cost of the project
Total estimated cost is ~ Rs. 2,000 Crores.

11.3 Description of the Environment – Terrestrial & Marine
11.3.1 Study period
The baseline environmental quality was assessed for one season i.e. post-monsoon 2017 (Oct’ to Dec’ 2017) by
Kadam Environmental Consultants.
11.3.2 Study area
Study area is of radius 10 km from project site boundary.
11.3.3 Land use of the study area
The proposed LNG terminal is to be developed within the existing EBTL port facility for which EC and CRZ clearance
has been already granted in 2014. The proposed project will not lead to any direct impact on Land Use Land Cover.
It is our belief that Land Use Land Cover related impacts are nil as development is going to take place on the area
which is already being used for industrial activity within existing port boundary.
11.3.4 Meteorology
Micrometeorological data collected at Hazira village near project site within study area. These location is selected
due to safety reason and uninterrupted power supply. Technically also the wind speed and wind direction sensors
fitted at 10 mtr height above surface land and the exposure is good. Summary of micrometeorological data
collected within study area during study period (i.e. Post-monsoon, Oct-Dec’2017).
Overall during post monsoon season compiled mean average daily temperature remains below 28oC, humidity
remains above 44%, wind speed was 2.8 m/s mostly from ENE direction. There was low cloud cover and rainfall
was not recorded in the season.
11.3.5 Ambient air quality
A comparison of the air quality results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB for Industrial, residential,
rural & other area indicates:
 At various locations, average concentration of PM10 was observed to be varying from 55 to 95 µg/Nm3.
Average concentration of PM10 levels are within the permissible limits for all locations.
 Average concentration of PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 20 to 40 µg/Nm3 which is less than the
permissible limits for all locations.
 Average concentration of SO2 levels was observed to be in the range of 8.4 to 9.3 µg/Nm3 which is within the
specified limit of CPCB.
 NOX levels were observed to be in the range of 16.1 to 17.8 µg/Nm3 which is within the specified limit of CPCB.
 CO levels were observed in the range of 1.046 to 1.311 mg/m3 which is within the specified limit of CPCB.
11.3.6 Traffic survey
Traffic survey was carried out on important roads as well as site approach roads. The road considered for traffic
survey is main approach road from Mora to Hazira which is national highway no. NH-64.
As per the IRC: 106-1990, Type of carriageway is 2-Lane (Two-Way) and design service volume for this road is
considered under category Arterial and PCU per hour 1500.The calculated PCUs per hour are 200, well within
recommended design service volume (PCU/Hour) by IRC.

11.3.7 Water environment
Surface water quality
Surface water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use map, surface drainage pattern/ground
water flow direction & nearby site habitation in study area.
Pond water
 BOD values are high at all locations may be due to manmade activities of washing and bathing, animal washing
in the ponds.
 DO observed low at SW2 location.
 Parameters such as TDS, Chlorides and Hardness are found to be high at SW3 which might be due to salinity
ingress and geological formations containing magnesium and calcium deposits.
 The quality of SW2 & SW3 can be compared with class E and quality of SW1 can be compared with class D as
per classification of inland surface water.
Creek water
The quality of creek water can be compare with class SW-V as per classification of coastal water marine outfall
Ground water quality
Ground water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use Map, drainage pattern and ground water
flow direction.
 Geologically, the entire area is covered with recent age alluvium deposits of marine origin mostly tidal flats.
Mounds at Mora and Sunvali villages are composed of very fine, friable, silt and sand.
 Groundwater samples were collected during site visit from nearby habitation. As per information received from
localized and well owners, ground water level within the surrounding area is at ~3-4 m bgl and total depth of
wells ranging from 7 to 10 m. The water is saline and only used for domestic purpose.
 During site visit, potable water found at Sunvali Village located on mounds, is floating water accumulated
during rainy season. These mounds are consisting of very fine loose silt which acts as an aquifer locally.
 Drinking water is supplied by tankers or pipe lines in most of the villages at vicinity of GIDC and SEZ area.
 The site & surrounding area is out flow area of Ukai Kakrapar Canal Command and being under canal irrigation,
apart from rainfall, seepage from canal network and return seepage from irrigation fields are the additional
recharge components to underneath groundwater aquifer. It is pertinent to mention that water quality of canal
water is very good as it being a stored rainwater in reservoir and supplied through canal. This canal command
is being in operation almost since last five decades
Inference
This coastal alluvium track near the sea coast comprises of alluvial formations. Ground water quality in these
coastal alluvial aquifer is highly saline i.e. aquifers are having inherent salinity.
Diluting as well as flushing/draining of saline groundwater out of aquifer is extremely slow process.
From the observation of chemical analysis of water sample it is inferred that the water quality of upper unconfined
aquifer is relatively good as compare lower aquifer. The water quality of Hazira Village 2648 TDS and Mora Village
(Bore well water) having 7620 TDS. This variation in bore water could have been attributed due to variation in
leakage and consequent upon it varying proportion in water quality dilution.
 In case of Hazira dilution of chloride is 22% (Hazira) and 43% (Mora) of TDS. Presence of nitrate 5.8 mg/l
(Hazira) and 5.6 mg/l (Mora) in bore water supports likely leaky condition. The Dug wells water samples yield
relatively good quality water as these wells are located near surface water bodies

11.3.8 Noise environment
Based on the noise monitoring carried out at 7 monitoring locations, following observations are made:
 All the noise level monitoring locations are located within or in the vicinity of industrial areas and major
transport road.
 The cumulative noise from operation of various industries and operation of transport vehicles causes increase
in ambient noise levels in the residential areas.
 At five Industrial locations, noise readings observed were within the limits of CPCB while at two Residential
locations, noise readings observed were slightly higher than the CPCB limits.
 In Hazira village, the ambient noise levels were observed to slightly exceeding the permissible limits, which is
mainly because of transport vehicular movement and surrounding industrial activities.
 In Dumas village, effect of industry noise was not observed during the site visit made. Intermittent noise from
the industries was observed. The ambient noise level in the village was slightly exceeding the permissible limits
during night time, however, this may be attributed to local commercial and transportation activities in early
morning and late night hours.
11.3.9 Soil
The analysis of physicochemical properties of soil samples collected from surrounding area indicated that porosity
ranged from 37 - 58 % and WHC varied from 31.87 – 60.34 %, while permeability ranged from 10.08 - 41.40
mm/hr. The CEC ranged from 15.98 – 24.12 meq/100g. The highest porosity and WHC and the moderately low
permeability was on account of sand to clay loam texture of soils. The EC (0.325 - 0.648 dS/m) and ESP (<0.1 –
0.65) were well within the safe limits of <0.8 dS/m and <15.0 %, respectively. The pH ranged from 7.84 – 9.26,
indicating that soils do pose a problem of sodicity as pH >8.5. Among water soluble cations predominance of Mg
(0.21 to 1.12 g/kg) was seen followed by sodium (0.23 to 0.98 g/kg), K (0.15 to 0.44 g/kg) and Ca (0.08 to 0.32
g/kg).
Soils in the surrounding areas are having sandy to clay loam texture having moderately low permeability and are
non-saline as EC<0.8 dS/m, but alkaline at the site as pH>8.5.
As compared to results of earlier study only variation was found in soil pH, which was mainly due to use of soil
which was transported for land filling at the site. The soil used for land filling needs to be ameliorated by using
gypsum or sulphur containing fertilizers like ammonium sulphate, elemental-S or any other forms of sulphur to
correct soil pH for better growth and development of green belt.
11.3.10 Biological environment
Flora
There is no flora at proposed project site. In buffer zone, total of 135 plant species are observed in the study area
out of which 63 tree species, 29 shrubs species and 23 herbs species, 7 climber species, 6 twiners species and 7
grasses species are observed. Details pertaining to flora observed in the study area have been collected from
District Forest Department, District Gazetteer and Field Observation.
Fauna
In core zone, only three Species reported from the project site (flying across site) which includes Indian Crow;
Indian Drongo and Cattle Egret.
Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17thJanuary 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild
animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to
ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country.

Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in
different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus), is included in schedule I of Wild
life protection Act (1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV.
Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja) and Common rat snake (Ptyas mucosus) were provided protection as
per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972).
Among mammals; Jackal (Canis aureus) and Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi) is schedule II; Common
Langur (Semnopithecus entellus) and wild boar (Sus scrofa) is Schedule III animal of Wild Life Protection act 1972.
Others noted animals are schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972.
The aquatic macrophytes (i.e. Ipomoea carnea, Cyperus sp.) including free floating algae, submerged hydrophytes,
emergent hydrophytes and semi-aquatic plant like rooted herbs were observed during survey in the study area.
Phytoplanktons
Table 11-11: Freshwater phytoplankton quantification

Station Seasons Cell count (no./ml.) Total Genera Major Genera
Oscillatoria sp., Anabaena sp., Nitzschia sp, Navicula
AQ 01 135 4
sp.
Navicula sp., Biddulphia sp., Ceratium sp., Nitzschia
AQ 02 115 6
sp.
Post-
AQ 03 monsoon 95 5 Navicula sp., Nitzschia sp., Synerda sp., Cyclotella sp.
AQ 04 105 5 Navicula sp., Nitzschia sp, Amphora sp.,
Amphora sp., Cyclotella sp., Chaetoceros sp.
AQ 05 88 6
Ceratium sp.
Zooplanktons
Table 11-12: Zooplankton standing stock (no. x 103/ml)

Station Seasons Population Total groups Major Groups
AQ 01 1.4 4 Euglena sp., Arcella sp., Daphnia Sp.
AQ 02 2.4 6 Moina sp., Daphnia Sp., Moina sp., Calanus sp.
Diaptomus sp., Calanus sp., Favella sp., Tintinnopsis
AQ 03 Post-monsoon 2.5 5
sp.
AQ 04 1.9 4 Diaptomus sp., Moina sp., Cyclops sp,
AQ 05 3.2 3 Cypris sp., Bosmina sp.,
Benthos
Table 11-13: Standing stock of Benthos

Biomass Total Group
Station Seasons Population (no./m2) Major Groups
(gm/m2) (No.)
AQ 01 1.1 120 3 Crustaceans, Tanaids
AQ 02 1.7 95 5 Fish larvae, Polychaetes, Crustaceans
Post-
AQ 03 5.2 375 4 Molluscs, Polychaetes, Crustaceans
monsoon
AQ 04 2.1 155 4 Crustaceans, Molluscs
AQ 05 1.8 158 4 Bivalves, Crustaceans, Polychaetes

11.3.11 Socio-Economic
The study area covers 8 villages/ habitations/settlements of Chorasi and Jalapore taluka. The entire area consists of
rural as well as urban population. The population and habitation of Kediabet settlements is not given in census data
2011 because of its inclusion in group panchayat.
The total population of male is 34,629 (70.21%) and female population is 14691 (29.79%) and the sex ratio is 424
females per 1000 males in the study area. The sex ratio in the study area may have decreased due to heavy
migration of work force from outside.
As per census 2011 average scheduled caste population in Study area is 1.43 % of the total population. Out of the
total scheduled caste population, males are 59.43 % and female population is 40.57%. The schedule caste
population is very less as compared to scheduled tribe in the study area. The total scheduled tribe population is
5.08 %, males are 51.70 % and female population is 48.30 %.
According to Census of India 2011, it is calculated that average literacy rate in the study area is 83.33%. Out of
total literate populate male literacy is 87.61% and female literacy is 73.21% of total population.
11.4 Environmental impact identification, prediction and mitigation measures
11.4.1 Air Environment
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for HC is observed to be 5.46 µg/m 3. These GLC’s are expected to
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for CO is observed to be 63.0 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to
The concentration limit for PM10 is 100 µg/m3, for SO2 is 80 µg/m3 and for NOx is 80 µg/m3 in the ambient air, as
specified by CPCB. Hence, the predicted impact level due to emissions from ships’ stacks in idle conditions,
vehicular movement on paved road and from vehicular exhaust are within the prescribed limits of CPCB for the
ambient air quality. Consequently, ambient air quality due to proposed activities is not expected to cause an effect
on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the operational sites. The baseline average ambient air
concentration of PM was observed to be around 87 µg/m3; SO2 was observed to be around 8.4 µg /m3 and NOX was
observed to be around 16.2 µg /m3 at the AAQ monitoring station near the project site.
Surface water
regasification will be sourced from neighbouring power plant of Essar. Fresh water will be mainly used for domestic,
fire-fighting, washing etc. The major requirement of water is circulating water required for regasification will be
sourced from cooling towers of other own neighbouring plants and after usage further sent back to the respective
plants. For reducing the fresh water demand, treated water will be completely recycled and reuse for gardening. So
natural water sources will be conserved and quality of water sources will not pollute due to proposed project
activities. Hence no major impact on surface water quality and sources will be envisaged.

Mitigation measures
 Fresh water demand will be reduced by recycling and reuse of treated water and avoiding the leakage of raw
water at various source.
 For greenbelt development, provide drip irrigation/sprinkler system to reduce the fresh water requirement.
 Proper operation and maintenance of sewage treatment plant will be done to ensure meeting specified
standards.
 No discharge of untreated wastewater on land to avoiding leakages;
 Use of spill control measures, mechanical handling, PPE’s shall be mandatory while handling the chemicals as
well as handling and treatment of liquid and solid waste.
 Separate drainage for storm water and effluent will be provided to avoid any contamination of surface water
sources;
 All chemical and fuel storage, handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-off contamination
during rainy season.
Ground water
Apparently, there will be no direct impact of LNG terminal development on underneath ground water aquifer as it
lies in extreme border of out flow area. But probability of reversal in ground water gradient due to pumping of
unconfined aquifer cannot be ruled out.
The spread of oil, grease or any other solvent on the surface of top soil layer may likely to pollute water quality of
upper unconfined aquifer.
Mitigation measure
 Take all precautionary measures for controlling/eradicating any leakage from ship as well as vehicles and it’s
monitoring.
 Proper care need to be taken at the time of construction of road to reduce all possibilities/probability of any
likely leakage into underground environment.
 Proper gradient is to be maintain during road construction to collect leaked oil and grease, if any, and disposed
it of at place/point of treatment.
11.4.3 Noise environment
Impact identification
The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the
surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise
out of the following:
 Noise from machinery/equipment

 Noise from vehicle/traffic
From soundplan analysis, it is observed that due to the proposed project there will not be any impact occur on
surrounding environment. However, near main gate, SoundPlan predicts 2.5 dB incremental increase in noise level
during day time, is because vehicular movement will be added as Tankers will be added due to the proposed
project.
Mitigation measures
 Acoustic enclosures on all major equipment in the plant will have to be provided for noise attenuation.
 Workers should also be provided with suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and
earplugs.

 Rotation of workers in the high noise area.

 High noise generating areas would be identified and tags marked.
 Green belt will be developed to reduce noise.
 Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible
 Acoustic mufflers / enclosures to be provided in large engines/machinery.
 Equipment to be maintained in good working order.
 Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on human
health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).
 Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the premises.
 All equipment operated within specified design parameters.
11.4.4 Soil environment
Construction waste and solid waste will be generated. Leakage and spillage of chemicals during transportation
Mitigation measures
 During excavation there may increase in soil erosion which could be reduced by levelling the soil
 Spillage of construction materials may be controlled to avoid soil contamination and deterioration in soil quality
as cement is highly alkaline.
 Care will be taken to avoid spillage of paints, oil, diesel etc. to prevent soil contamination.
 Monitoring the quality of soil used for land filling.
 If soil becomes saline/alkaline due to fall of construction materials, use of STP wastewater/municipal solid
waste etc.; it will be mitigated by using soil amendments like organic manures and providing proper drainage
11.4.5 Solid & hazardous waste
Mitigation measures
 Hazardous wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage areas
as per rules and also bunding for overflow of spillage waters which can contaminate the surroundings.
 All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the hazardous waste management rules.
 The other solid wastes will be handed over to authorized reprocessors.
11.4.6 Biological environment
 Site specific loss of floral & faunal species
 Site specific disturbance to avifaunal movement
 Disturbance to normal faunal movement
 Destruction of floral species
Mitigation measures
 Water should be sprinkled in regular interval to absorb dust.
 Night shift activities should be avoided.
 Extensive afforestation program with appropriate plant species can take care on normal behaviour of faunal
groups

11.4.7 Socio-Economic environment
Issues of social concern.

 Storage/supply of safe drinking water at Hazira.
 Provision of medical, nursing care and health facilities for the villagers by the project proponent.
 Job opportunities and hiring of tractors, JCB, excavators etc. to give priority to the locals.
 Plantation of trees on the existing village road to reduce dust pollution.
 Distribution of toys & study material at anganwadi & primary level Schools
 Construction/renovation of good quality school toilets with regular piped water supply.
 Semi-skilled training program for youth such as electrical, masonry, plumbing, carpentry, welding etc.
 Providing training in tailoring, embroidery, beauty parlour etc.
Outcome of social survey
Every settlements has its own distinct characteristics, which is important to understand in order to give community
development proposal for future.
11.5 Environmental monitoring plan
The post project monitoring is an equally important aspect in environmental management plan. In order to verify
the outcome on the implemented mitigation measures and also to alter the proposed mitigation, the post project
monitoring becomes inevitable.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED GUJARAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
Table 11-14: Environmental Monitoring Program

Budget, INR (Lakhs)
Sr. Environmental Measurement Data Reporting Recurring Procurement
Location Parameters Frequency
No. Indices methodology analysis Schedules Capital (per Schedule
annum)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
Comparison
with Long Online system
Wind Speed, Wind
term data of to be procured
Direction, IS 5182 Part 1- Plant
1 Meteorology At Site Continuous Indian 4.0 2.50 before
Temperature, 20 manager
Meteorology commissioning
Humidity, Cloud Cover
Department of the plant
(IMD)
Comparison
with
Eight locations Once (24
SPM, RPM (PM10 and permissible
(sampling As per latest hours) at
PM2.5), NOX, SO2, CO values as per
location map MoEF
and each station Factories Act 5.0 2.50
given in EIA Standards for
for each / CPCB
baseline NAAQM
season standards /
study) Online system
CtO
conditions to be procured
Plant
2 Ambient Air before
Comparison manager
commissioning
with of the plant
Stack permissible
Stack monitoring of monitoring by values as per
Once in a
At DG set DG set as given in air Isokinetic Factories Act - 0.50
Season
consent sampling / CPCB
IS:11255 standards /
CtO
conditions
Seven Comparison
locations IS:4954-1968 with
covering as adopted by permissible
Noise level in dB(A)
highways / CPCB/OSHA Once in a values as per Plant Included in
3 Noise leq24, dB(A) leqd and 0.50 -
residential / season CPCB manager DG set costs
dB(A) leqn CPCB/IS:4954-
commercial / standards /
1968 CtO
sensitive
zones and at conditions

Budget, INR (Lakhs)

annum)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
site boundary
& near
existing and
proposed
noise
generating
areas of the
study area
IS: 10500
IS: 2296
methods for
pH, temperature,
sampling and
Electrical conductivity,
testing of
turbidity, colour, total
Industrial Comparison
dissolved solids, total
effluents with
suspended solids,
Standard permissible
chlorides, sulphates,
methods for values as per
potassium,
Ground and examination of Inland
phosphates, nitrates,
surface water Seven water and Once in a surface water Plant
4 salinity, magnesium, - 1.00 -
(other than river locations wastewater season standards for manager
BOD, COD, dissolved
bodies) analysis surface water
oxygen, oil and
published by and Drinking
grease, alkalinity,
American water
residual chlorine,
Public Health standards for
ammonia, heavy
Association. ground water
metals (Fe, Cu, Zn,
Pb, As) and coliform As per MoEF
count guidelines as
well as coastal
marine water
quality
Wastewater Inlet and outlet Appropriate, Plant

APHA: 23rd most recent
5 generated in the At WWTP characteristics as per Monthly manager/EHS - 0.50 -
Edition version of
project activity consent condition department
American

Budget, INR (Lakhs)

annum)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
Public Health
Association
(APHA)
standards
pH, texture
(Sand/clay/Silt), Soil
Type, pH Value,
Sodium, Potassium,
Phosphorus, Sodium Comparison
As per soil
Absorption with
analysis
Ratio(SAR), particle permissible
reference
Soil size, electrical values Indian
book, M. I. Once every Plant
6 Six locations conductivity, organic Council of - 0.80 -
Jackson and season manager
matter distribution, Agriculture
soil analysis
Bulk Density, water Research
reference book
holding capacity, (ICAR), New
by C.A. Black
porosity, Cation Delhi
Exchange Capacity
(CEC), Alkali Metals
(Na, K) and
permeability
Solid / Plant
At waste Quantity of waste
7 Hazardous - Monthly - manager/EHS 10.0 0.50 -
storage area generation
waste Department
Temperature, pH,
Suspended Solids, Comparison
As per IS /
Salinity, Electrical with
Eight locations Ministry of
Conductivity, permissible
Environment
Marine Water (Location plan Turbidity, TDS, Once every values as per Plant
8 and Forest - 5.30 -
Quality is given in Dissolved Oxygen, season Coastal water manager
(MoEF)
Appendix 1) BOD (3 days at 270C), marine
approved
Total Coliform, outfall
methods
Sulphates, Chloride, standards
Calcium as Ca+,

Budget, INR (Lakhs)

annum)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
Magnesium as Mg+,
Sodium, Potassium,
Fluoride, Alkalinity,
Sodium Absorption
Ratio, Phosphates,
Nitrates, NH4 , Total
Nitrogen, PHc,
Cadmium, Zinc,
Chromium, Copper,
Iron, Manganese,
Nickel, Lead
As per
APHA/EPA/ IS /
Sand, Silt, Clay, Al, Cr, Ministry of
Eight locations Mn, Fe, Ni, Cu, Zn, Once in
Sediment Environment Plant
9 Hg, Corg, P, PHc every - 1.20 -
Quality and Forest manager
season
(MoEF)
approved
methods
As per IS /
Aquatic/Marine Ministry of
Five Aquatic ecology for Zoo Environment Once in
Plant
10 Marine Ecology locations Plankton, Phyto and Forest every - 3.60 -
manager
Plankton and Benthos, (MoEF) season
as available approved
methods
One location Once in
Plant
11 Bathymetry (area 4 km x - - every three - - 5.00 -
manager
1 km) years
15
Tide & Current consecutive Plant
12 1 location - - - - 3.75 -
Observation days for manager
each season

Budget, INR (Lakhs)

annum)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
Identify non
compliances
based on
Response of
All the areas Observer’s
participants in a Mock Notes of a
Emergency of the plant as Once in a findings, find EHS
13 Drill as per Emergency designated - 0.20 -
Procedure per annual quarter root cause, Department
Preparedness Plan (On Observer
plan plan and
site and Off site)
implement
corrective
actions.
Advise
individual
employee
and
information
to Chief
Medical
Identify
Offices and
abnormalities
Head (HR)
Qualified (Occupational
Occupational Once in a on
14 All employees Health Parameters medical Health - 2.00
Health year completion of
professional Issues) found
every
and maintain
schedule.
records
Report to
Factories
Inspectorate
as per
requirements
of Factories
Act
Total Budget ~ 19.0 ~29.85 -

11.6 Additional studies
11.6.1 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) mapping
As per the guidelines of CRZ notification (2011), the high tide line means, the line on land up to which the highest
water line reaches during spring tide. The High Tide Line marking of the study area has to be demarcated by the
institutions authorized by the Central Government in accordance with the guide lines issued in this regard. For High
tide line marking in the study area, M/s Essar Bulk Terminal Limited has approached, National Institute of Ocean
Technology (NIOT), Chennai (a MoEF authorized agency) to demarcate the High Tide Line (HTL) and Low Tide Line
(LTL) in and around proposed development of LNG terminal within EBTL so far as the CRZ Notification, 2011 and as
per the subsequent corrigendum is concerned. The proposed LNG terminal is lying under CRZ II.
Now, Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) map prepared based on Approved CZMP of Surat District by Institute of
Remote Sensing, Anna University (IRS), Chennai, the project site is partly falling in CRZ III.
11.6.2 Qualitative Risk Assessment
QRA study is to quantify and assess risk from process hazards from the FSU and Land Regasification facilities was
carried out by DNV. A release of flammable material through holes of size from small to large from various
isolatable sections were considered. Following are the key findings:
Individual Risk
Risk criteria for Individual Risk for Worker are as follows:
of cost.
 Individual risk levels below 1 x 10-6 per year will be deemed acceptable.
 Risk levels between 1 x 10-3 and 1 x 10-6 per year will be reduced to levels as low as reasonably practicable
(ALARP). That is the risk within this region is tolerable only if further risk reduction is considered impracticable
because the cost required to reduce the risk is grossly disproportionate to the benefit gained.
Risk criteria for Individual Risk for Public are as follows:
of cost
 Individual risk levels below 1 x 10-6 per year will be deemed acceptable
 Individual risk between 1 x 10-4 per year to 1 x 10-6 per year will be considered to be in the ALARP
region
Societal Risk
 It is observed that the societal risk when compared to the risk criteria falls within the ALARP region resulting in
a maximum fatality of 69 deaths at a frequency of 1.12E-08/year.
Safety Exclusion Zone

Society of International Gas Tanker and Terminal Operators (SIGTTO) guidelines recommend the establishment of
an exclusion zone around the ship to ship LNG Transfer Hose to reduce the likelihood of ignition in the event of a
release of LNG. The extent of the exclusion zone is a matter for local determination, in the context of the prevailing
conditions, and this can be informed by predicted dispersion distances for credible spills of LNG. The credible spill
was agreed as a release of LNG through a 50mm hole from the unloading hose for a 120 second duration assuming
operation of the emergency shutdown facilities. For this credible spill, the dispersion modelling indicated a distance

of 230 m. Thus an exclusion zone of around ~230m from the location of the LNG loading facilities shall be
considered.
11.6.3 Disaster management plan
The DMP describes the role and responsibilities of various authorities under the emergency organization. First
objective of a DMP is to save human life and then comes minimizing damage to property. Specifically, the DMP
contains the following:
 Major emergencies likely to happen

 Prevention plan of an impending emergency by control of incidents;
It is recommended that the DMP be integrated into the actual operations prior to commencement of project work.
Mock drills should be conducted at periodic intervals to check the efficacy of the DMP.
11.7 Project benefits
This will include the following:
 Improved road condition.

 Strengthening of existing community facilities through proposed CER activities of the unit.
 The skill level will be increased through various training programmes of the company.
 Plantation and green belt development will aid in improving the ecosystem and increased precipitation.
 Awareness program and community activities, like health camps, medical aids, family welfare programs,
immunization camp sports & cultural activities, plantation etc.
 The project being operationalize, will add to the state and national exchequer through statutory payments
 The proposed terminal at Hazira by Essar will cater to gas requirement of Essar Steel, Essar Power plants at
Hazira as well as other customers connected on the national gas grid. In addition to pipeline evaluation of gas,
LNG will be delivered to nearby customers via road tankers. The proposed LNG terminal at Hazira will generate
direct employment for about 100 persons and indirect employment for approximate 300 people.
 Proposed LNG terminal at Hazira are amongst the safest plants from environmental and safety assessment
points of view as these are situated in the coastal areas.
 The conventional pollutants viz. SO2, PM10 and PM2.5 are not emitted from the plants.
 Utilization of natural gas is the most eco-friendly and only fuel compliant with all current and anticipated
regularities. Burning natural gas compared to fossil fuels (oil/coal/wood) produce much lower emissions of
carbon and other Green House Gases (GHGs). It would be of great help in checking global warming and climate
change.
11.8 Environmental management plan
The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the
project - in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery
mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all
project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of
every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which
could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 Role of Essar Bulk Terminal Ltd. and its contractors;

 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that Essar Bulk Terminal Ltd. will implement;
 The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
 The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.

11.9 Summary & Conclusion – Marine Environment
11.9.1 Baseline Environment - Marine
The baseline environmental quality was assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various
components of the marine environment viz. bathymetry, physical processes (tide, current and waves), water
quality, sediment quality and flora-fauna with specific reference to environmental aspects, which may have a
bearing on the impacts of the proposed project. The baseline environmental quality was assessed in winter
(February), 2018.
Water quality, sediment quality and marine biological diversity impact assessment report and management plan is
jointly prepared by CSIR-Central Salt & Marine Chemical Research Institute, Bhavnagar and Kadam Environmental
Consultants, Vadodara.
Marine Bathymetry, physical processes i.e. tides, currents & waves, water quality, sediment quality
and numerical modelling done by Kadam Environmental Consultants, Vadodara.
11.9.2 Bathymetry
The area of interest lies in Tapi estuary at the mouth of the river and the approach channel to EBTL is flanked by
reclaimed area and berths on the west side and intertidal zones on the east side. The intertidal zones are part of
the island systems which are formed due to the interaction of tidal and river flows in the funnel area at the mouth
of the river. The funnel area of the river mouth is divided into two separate channels, EBTL approach channel to
the west of the island system and Magdalla approach channel to the east of the island system. The island system is
divided in a diagonal by a shallow channel which runs in the south-west and north-east. The channel is marked
with depths of 10-11 meters with respect to CD and the northern portion of the channel in the estuary are marked
by shallow depths which do not exceed 2.7 meters with respect to CD.
11.9.3 Wind
The data shows that the predominant directions for wind are from SW and WSW. The maximum wind speed is
around 14.86 m/sec and the direction of this is 216 degrees w.r.t north.
11.9.4 Tide
Tidal conditions at Hazira based on naval hydrographic chart number 2108 are in
Table 11-15: Tide condition

Tidal condition Height in m w.r.t CD
MHWS 7.4
MHWN 6.0
MLWN 3.1
MLWS 1.7
MSL 4.2
Measured water elevation time series was collected in the channel in Feb 2018. The depth of observation is about
4.5m below datum and the measurements are carried out using an Acoustic Doppler current profiler. The
instrument would ideally collect the speed and direction of the flow through the entire water column. An additional
water level sensor is available in the said instrument, which has recorded the tide of the site. The values are given
in the Figure 11-1.

Figure 11-1: Tide level
11.9.5 Current
The velocity time series from the mid depth is analysed for the speed contribution by various constituents. Currents
measured by ADCP at different levels of the water column i.e. top and bottom. It can be seen that the estuary is
well mixed as directions and magnitudes of currents are more or less equal across the depth of the water column.
11.9.6 Water, Sediment and Flora Fauna
 Both physico chemical and biological parameters were studied from 8 sampling stations. Total 5 stations were
located in the Tapi estuary region and remaining 3 stations were located in the open water in the Arabian sea.
 Due to winter sampling average water temperature was low and varied from 22 - 28°C.
 pH of the water was slightly basic, varied from 7.8 to 8.1.
 There was no specific trend of TSS concentration gradient from estuarine region to Sea. However in
comparison to the previous study conducted by NIO, TSS was recorded to be much lower in the estuarine area.
 Salinity of all the stations varied from 33 PPT to 35.5 PPT which reflect there was no much influence of
freshwater inflow from the estuaries.
 Dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration of water was moderate, which can be comparable to the previous study
conducted by NIO.
 In majority of the stations, BOD value was more than 8 mg/L.
 PHC concentration varied between 20 to 45 µg/L and phenol concentration was 30 to 60 µg/L. Concentration of
both the parameters were higher than the previous study conducted by NIO.
 Phosphate concentration varied between 0.003 to 2.78 mg/L.
 Nitrate, nitrite and ammonia concentration were comparatively low in all the stations.
 Among heavy metals, Cr, Fe, Ni, Cu, Zn, Cd and Pb were studied from all the water samples. Concentration of
all the metals varied between 0.1- 0.14 µg/L (Cr), 10-16 µg/L (Fe), 1-2 µg/L (Ni), 0.8-1.0 µg/L(Cu), 0.5 - 12
µg/L (Zn), 0.2-0.6 µg/L (Cd) and 0.2-0.7 µg/L (Pb) respectively.

 Total 4 number of sediment samples were analyzed. In all the samples sand percentage was much higher than
silt and clay.
 Phytoplankton and zoo plankton diversity and abundance were very low in all the sampling stations.
 Benthos diversity was also comparatively low in all the stations may be due to continuous dredging activity.
 Total bacterial counts of HT water samples varied between 1× 101 to 3.08 × 102 CFU/ml. Enterobacterial
counts and Vibrio counts, Pseudomonas and Aeromonas counts were also low in HT water which indicate less
anthropogenic influence. Bacterial load was comparatively high in LT water samples.
 In the case of sea sediment samples, Total bacterial counts were comparable between HT and LT samples.
Vibrio and Aeromonas were absent in majority of the stations.
 Among the mangrove species Avicennia marina, Sonneratia apetala and Acanthus ilicifolius were commonly
observed. Marsh vegetation consisted of Sesuvium portulacastrum and occasionally Sueada sp, Cyperus sp,
Desmostachya bipinnata and Dichanthium aristatum – grass.
 There was no report of seaweed, coral species in the study area.
 There is no major fish landing center in the area.
11.10 Environmental impact identification, prediction and mitigation measures
Impact on water due to wastewater generation, solid & hazardous waste generation and oil spill
during fuelling
This may lead to adverse impact on marine water quality.
Impact on water due to accidental spillage
As such it is noted that the Port is equipped with an adequate VTMS system, thereby eliminating chances of
accidents and incidents involving ship to ship collision and consequent discharge of materials into the marine
environment. However, in the remotest of cases, during towing and berthing of the ships or owing to natural
calamity or piloting errors, there can be a rare possibility of mishaps like ship collision or ship hitting against the
wharf or ship getting grounded. During such events the ship may get damaged or in the worst case, capsize and
lead to oil spill inside the port basin or in the vicinity.
Mitigation measures for impacts on water
 Wastewater will be collected & treated in on board STP. Treated wastewater will be sent onshore for storage in
holding tank and then reused for greenbelt within terminal.
 Solid waste will be managed in conformance with the requirements laid out in the Solid Waste Management
Rules 2016.and Marpol annex V
 Implement monitoring program to monitor water quality
 Oil spill control equipment such as booms/ barriers will be provided for containment; and skimmers will be
provided for recovery
 As the accidental spill will be in harboured waters, response time for shutting down the fuelling, containment
and recovery will be quicker
 As a precautionary measures oil spill model was also run to know the severity and impacted zone of spills due
to the proposed project
 Since this is an existing port, Oil Spill Disaster Contingency Plan is already available to handle oil spill. Oil
Contingency Team headed by a trained expert has been established at port. Coordination has been established
with National Oil spill Committee headed by the Indian Navy.

11.10.2 Sediment environment
Impact on sediment due to accidental spillage of fuel oil
It is noted that in extremely rare events, small quantities of oil (as mentioned in the OSDCP) can leak into the
environment and therefore enter the marine waters. Such an event has never occurred in the past, however, good
practice entails understanding the possible impacts on the environment, in case it does.
Contamination of sediments with oil may modify chemical, physical and biological processes.
The persistent toxic constituents of oil, such as heavy metals, can become stored in the sediments, and taken up
into the food chain.
Mitigation measures
Proper contingency plan; readily available oil handling equipment like booms, skimmer and chemicals for
dispersion; establish coordination with National Oil Spill Committee (Indian Navy).
11.10.3 Air Environment
Impact due to Consumption of fuel and operation of engines during idling and cargo loading
unloading
Air emission in the form of PM, NOx, SO2, HC & CO
Mitigation measures
 Fuel conforming to MARPOL Annex VI with sulphur content <0.5%.

 Optimal maintenance of engines so as to ensure appropriate air fuel mixture and minimal emissions.
 Implement monitoring program to monitor effects of air emissions on ecological communities
11.10.4 Flora & fauna
Impact due to application of antifouling agents on FSU, generation of solid & hazardous waste
 Application of anti-fouling agents can impact marine fauna and possibility enter food chain
 Garbage thrown overboard or managed improperly can have adverse impact on marine ecology
 Improperly managed hazardous waste can result in adverse impact on marine ecology
 Disturbance to fishes due to movement of ships and accidental spillage only.
 Spill residue will contaminate sub tidal and intertidal benthic habitat.
Mitigation measures
 Eliminate/minimise use of such agents since the ship is going to be stationary and fuel consumption during
movement need not be optimised since ship will not move.
 Solid waste will be managed in conformance with the requirements laid out in the Solid Waste Management
Rules 2016.and Marpol annex V
 Collection, Segregation, Storage, Transportation and disposal to approved Recycler.
 Oil spill control equipment such as booms/ barriers will be provided for containment; and skimmers will be
provided for recovery
 Oil Contingency Team headed by a trained expert has been established at port. Coordination has been
established with National Oil spill Committee headed by the Indian Navy.
 Implement marine environmental monitoring programme.

11.11 Marine environmental monitoring program

Fixed
Measurement Recurring
S. No. Parameters Frequency Location Data analysis Reporting schedule cost,
methodology budget in INR
INR
A Water
Water samples
analysis (pH,
Temperature,
Biochemical Oxygen
Demand (BOD),
Dissolved Oxygen Compliance report of
(DO), Ammonia, EC to MOEF&CC on 6
Comparison with
Nitrites, Nitrates, Total monthly
specified limits and
Nitrogen, Salinity, Once in a season At Site and 15,00,000 per
1 APHA : 23rd Edition previous baseline -
Turbidity, Total except monsoon surrounding area annum
data of the area if Compliance report of
Suspended Solids
available Consent to SPCB as
(TSS), Petroleum,
Hydrocarbons, per requirement
Phenols, Potassium,
Chlorides, Calcium,
Zinc, Iron, Copper,
Cadmium, Arsenic,
Mercury.)
Sediment
Marine subtidal and Compliance report of

intertidal Sediment EC to MOEF&CC on 6
Comparison with monthly
samples (Texture,
specified limits and
Total phosphorous, Once in a season At Site and 5,00,000 per
2 APHA : 23rd Edition previous baseline -
Total organic carbon, except monsoon surrounding area Compliance report to annum
data of the area if
Phenolic compounds, SPCB as per
available
Cadmium, Chromium, requirement
Lead and Mercury)
Biological Parameters

Fixed
Measurement Recurring
S. No. Parameters Frequency Location Data analysis Reporting schedule cost,
methodology budget in INR
INR
To determine the
composition and Compliance report of
Comparison with
distribution of major EC to MOEF&CC on 6
specified limits monthly
groups of fauna
includes Once in a season At Site and and previous 10,00,000 per
3 APHA : 23rd Edition
Phytoplankton, except monsoon surrounding area baseline data of Compliance report to annum
Zooplankton and SPCB as per
the area if
Benthos. (diversity, requirement
density and biomass available
estimation)
Comparison with
specified limits Compliance report of
At Site and and previous EC to MOEF&CC on 6 5,00,000 per
4 Fisheries Survey - Twice in a year monthly -
surrounding area baseline data of annum
the area if
available

11.12 Additional studies
11.12.1 Hydrodynamic modelling
The high currents are largely confined to the channel and majority of the water exchange occurs through the
deeper bathymetry. There is local circulation of water mass, pumped through channel and then into the Mindhola
estuary during the flood. The currents are periodic in nature with 6hr cycle and are strongly driven by the tides in
Gulf of Khambhat. The berthing areas of port are shielded from the strong currents even during the flood and ebb
times.
11.12.2 Oil spill
The study shows that if the spill occurs during the ebb tide, the maximum concentration of oil due to the spill, at
the end of 24 hours is in the order of around 0.00006 kg/m2 and the concentrations are spread in an intermittent
manner in and around the port and do not extend beyond the northern island.
The study shows that if the spill occurs during the flood tide, the maximum concentration of oil due to the spill, at
the end of 24 hours is in the order of around 0.00045 kg/m2 and the concentrations are spread mostly around the
right-angle bend in the river path next to the northern island.
The resultant concentrations due to the spill is more if start of the spill is during flood tide and the resulting
concentrations shows that the estuary is marked by good flushing characteristics.
The results show the efforts launched in the first hour after the spill are going to be most effective in containing the
spread of the spill and removal of the oil slick from the sea surface.
11.12.3 Shoreline change
Channel dredged in the area would have caused some increase in the tidal prism in the creek where EBTL is
located. This would most likely have caused some changes in the shoreline opposite to EBTL port facility in the
initial years. The challenge is whether these changes are still continuing or has attained an equilibrium state
resulting in stable shoreline. The best way to understand this issue is to track changes in the zero-contour line over
the past few years. To identify the changes, a comparison is made between the zero-meter contour in 2013 and the
same in subsequent years. For the year 2013 zero contour was extracted from NHO chart and is compared with the
zero-contour extracted from Google Earth. From this, it can be seen that the zero-contour remains same over the
period 2013-2016 which implies that there is no likely change in the shoreline and has reached an equilibrium state.
11.13 Environmental management plan

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good
practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to
ensure effective mitigation of every potential marine impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation,
which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 Role of M/s EBTL and its contractors;

 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that M/s EBTL shall implement;
 The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met

11.14 Conclusion
It can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation measures and environmental
management plans, the project activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable &
largely reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance, the project would be beneficial to surrounding
communities and the region.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12.1 Brief resume and nature of consultancy (Kadam)

Kadam was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of varied experience in the field of environment. The
group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat. The mission of company is providing sustainable
solutions on “Environment for Development”.
The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team comprise of
Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, Socio-Economic Experts,
Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial / Analytical Chemists. The company’s strength lies in Project
Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in
Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical Models for Air, Noise and Water Assessment and Expertise in Public
Consultation.
Customer services are mainly categorized into:
 Consultancy services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site assessment and
due diligence, enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits / statements, risk assessments and HAZOP,
energy audit, environmental health and safety management systems and waste management systems;
 Engineering services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing
effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio
gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems;
 Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and field sampling (we have
amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment amongst environmental companies in
the country). The company has a well-equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff
catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and
hazardous solid waste.
Kadam has a varied industrial clientele encompassing indian and multinational companies covering the industrial
and services spectrum viz. Power Plant, Chlor-Alkali, Pesticides, Fertilizers, Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints,
Chemicals, Oil and Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors.
Kadam has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality Management System from BSI-MS. Kadam’s
laboratory is NABL accredited and has OHSAS 18001:2007 certification.
Calibration certificate of field equipment and laboratory equipment are provided in Annexure 21 and Annexure
22.
12.2 EIA team members
Work presented in this report was carried out by Kadam with active co-operation from Essar Bulk Terminal Ltd. The
names of the EIA co-coordinator and FAEs deployed for the project are mentioned at the start of the report (in
Quality Control section).
Kadam’s team members (along with their role in the project) are given in Table 12-1.

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
Table 12-1: EIA Team Member

Functional Area Expert Involvement
Name / Team Member
(FAE/TM) Task Under Expert
Prachi Shah Assistance in impact identification and mitigation

NV Mr. Parag Khujnare
(Team Member) measures & preparing NV report.
Mr. Mahendra Collection & interpretation of secondary IMD data,
Jadhav, Parul representing Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)
Patel AP & AQ Mr. Sangram Kadam
results. Running air quality model (AERMOD) and
(Team Member) prediction of incremental GLCs at baseline receptors.
Field survey, mapping and hydrogeological studies
Ms. Rimjhim related to ground water studies. Mr. Nilkanth
Singh, Mr. HG & GEO
Assisting in impact identification and mitigation Kavalanekar
Neeraj Sharma
measures.
(Team Member)
LU Preparation of Draft LU Map based on Satellite image. Ms. Sheetal Kadam
Ms. Aarti
Sharma Site Visit, Secondary data collection and compilation of
SE Mr. Anil Vishwakarma
data in report
(Team Member)
Ms. Heta Bhatt Assisting in impact identification and mitigation Ms. Dhara Patel
& Mr. Amol RH measures, PHAST modelling, HAZOP Analysis, Disaster
Vadnere Management Plan Rajgopal Krishnan
As head draftsman, involvement in preparation of

Mr. Jayesh maps like Land Use, project location, study area,
Head – Draftsman All FAEs
Gajjar baseline sampling location, site layout map prepared
by subordinate draftsman.
Preparation of various maps like as mentioned above

Mr. Krunal Mr. Jayesh Gajjar & All
Draftsman along with specific maps required by the FAE that are
Kharva FAEs
used as base map to run the required software.
Ms. Suchita
Laboratory Analysis Analysis of Field monitoring samples. FAE (AP, WP, HG, SC)
(Sr. Chemist)
Mr. Anup Ojha Collection of air, water, soil, noise samples from
FAE (AP, WP, HG, NV,
Mr. Vir Singh Field Monitoring sampling locations, monitoring noise levels for
SC)
(Field Chemist) baseline study.
Mr. Satish Joshi Report Review (Quality Review of Draft EIA Report as per NABET & MoEF&CC
-
(VP) Control) Guidelines for improving its quality.

DEVELOPMENT OF LNG TERMINAL AT HAZIRA, COMPLIANCE OF EARLIER EC & CRZ
ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED DISTRICT SURAT, GUJARAT CLEARANCE & LITIGATION PENDING
13 COMPLIANCE OF EARLIER ENVIRONMENTAL & CRZ CLEARANCE
13.1 Certified compliance report
EBTL has requested RO, MOEF&CC, Bhopal for site visit vide letter dated 19.04.2018 for certification of EC
Compliance report. We have also provided all the data required by RO, MoEF&CC prior to the official visit to the
port facility. The visit was conducted on 20th July 2018.
Certified Compliance Report, from MoEF&CC, Bhopal dated 18.03.2019 is provided in Annexure 23.

AGBZ5 LPREIAReport

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

AGBZ5 LPREIAReport

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL

EIA Study for Development of LNG

Description of images on the front page:

ESSAR BULK TERMINAL LIMITED

EIA Study for Development of LNG Terminal at Hazira,

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | DECEMBER 2019 2

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS REPORT

Name Dr. Tanaji Jagtap

Signature & Date

Period of involvement June, 2017 to till date

FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS

S. Functional Name of Involvement

Ecology and Site visit and conduct of ecological

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | DECEMBER 2019 3

S. Functional Name of Involvement

Checking of noise sampling results,

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | DECEMBER 2019 4

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization / Authorised Person:

Name : Sangram Kadam

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : Kadam Environmental Consultants

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | DECEMBER 2019 5

1.1 Purpose of the report ........................................................................................................................ 25

1.2 Identification of project proponent and project .................................................................................... 25

1.2.1 About project proponent .............................................................................................................. 25

1.2.2 About the project ........................................................................................................................ 25

1.3 Brief description of the project ........................................................................................................... 26

1.3.1 Nature of project ......................................................................................................................... 26

1.3.2 Products & its capacity ................................................................................................................. 26

1.4 Scope of study .................................................................................................................................. 27

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................ 33

2.1 Type of project ................................................................................................................................. 33

2.2 Need for the project .......................................................................................................................... 33

2.3.1 General location of the site........................................................................................................... 34

2.3.2 Specific location of site & project boundary ................................................................................... 36

2.3.3 Approach and connectivity to facility ............................................................................................. 38

2.4 Size or magnitude of operation ........................................................................................................... 38

2.4.1 Land distribution at site ............................................................................................................... 38

2.4.2 Magnitude of site......................................................................................................................... 43

2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation ............................................................................ 43

2.6 Brief description of the project ........................................................................................................... 43

2.6.1 Development of FSU and land based LNG terminal ......................................................................... 43

2.6.2 Details of project ......................................................................................................................... 44

2.6.3 LNG storage facilities ................................................................................................................... 44

2.7 Associated utilities facilities ................................................................................................................ 48

2.7.1 Power requirement ...................................................................................................................... 48

2.7.2 Emissions details ......................................................................................................................... 48

2.7.3 Details of water and wastewater ................................................................................................... 48

2.7.4 Details of proposed sewage treatment plant at terminal area .......................................................... 52

2.7.5 Fuel gas...................................................................................................................................... 53

2.7.6 Nitrogen ..................................................................................................................................... 53

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | DECEMBER 2019 6

2.7.7 Instrument air & plant air ............................................................................................................. 54

2.7.8 Diesel oil ..................................................................................................................................... 54

2.7.9 Flare system ............................................................................................................................... 54

2.7.11 Other effluents ........................................................................................................................ 56

2.7.12 Export possibility ..................................................................................................................... 56

2.7.13 Employment generation (DIRECT AND INDIRECT) ..................................................................... 57

2.8 Cost of the project............................................................................................................................. 57

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................... 58

3.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 58

3.2 Study area ........................................................................................................................................ 58

3.3 Baseline environmental quality ........................................................................................................... 58

3.3.1 Secondary data collection............................................................................................................. 58